Nokia 2260 User Manual
i User Guide for Nokia 2260 Phone What information is needed? Numbers Where is the num ber? My number Wireless service provider V oice mail number Wireless service provider Wirel ess prov iderâÂÂs numbe r Wireless service provider Provi derâÂÂs c ustome r care Wireless service provider Model number 2260 Label on back of phone (unde r batte ry). Phon e type RH-39 Back of title page. Electronic serial number (ESN) Label on back of phone (under battery). See âÂÂFind your phoneâÂÂs labelâ on page 20. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page i Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
ii The wireless phone described in t his guide is approved for use in t he TDMA and AMPS networks. LEGAL I NFORMATION P art No. 9355957, Issue No. 1 Copyright é 2003 Nokia. All right s reserved. Nokia, Nokia Conne cting P eople, the No kia Ori ginal A ccess ories l ogos, Nokia 2260, Space Im pact and Snake II are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nokia. All other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respective owners Printed in Canada 03 /2003 US P atent No 5818437 and other pending patents. T9 text input software Copyright é 1999-2003. Tegic Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . The information contained in this user guide was written for the Nokia RH-39 phone. Nokia operates a policy of continuous development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes and improvements to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DATA OR INCOME OR AN Y SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, AND CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMA GES HOW SOEVE R CAUSE D. THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW , NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS O R IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITE D TO , THE IMPLIED W ARRA NTIES OF MERCHAN TABIL ITY AND FI TNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE, AR E MADE IN RELATION TO THE ACCURACY AND RELIAB ILITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT . NOKIA RESERVES T HE RIGHT TO REVISE THIS DO CUMENT OR WIT HDRAW IT AT ANY TIM E WITHOUT PR IOR NO TICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Export A dministration regulations. Diversion contrary to U.S. or Canadian law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio interfer ence (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you require assistance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is sub ject t o the condit ion that th is d evice does not ca use h armf ul int erfe rence . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page ii Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2 260 User Guide 3 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Conte nts 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 Welcome and quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 1 Get the most out of t his guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Get started wi th the quick guid e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Understand wireless network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Register y our phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 E-newslet ters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 The anten na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 The battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Set up your he adset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Get help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 3 Basic operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Switch your phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Make and answer calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Check the s tart screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Check in-p hone help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Browse phone menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Contact list menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 4 Te xt entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Standard text en try . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Spaces, punct uation, and speci al characters entr y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Predicti ve text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 5 Contact list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Use contac t list menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Save names, numbers, and e-mail address es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Recall names and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Edit a name or number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Delete na mes and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 3 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
4 Copyright é 200 3 Nokia Customiz e your contac ts view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Check memory status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 0 6 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Call log options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Check miss ed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Check rec eived calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Check dia led calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Use call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 3 7 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 V o ice mai l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 4 T ext, e-mail, and picture mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Picture messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 E-mail me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 8 P ersonalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 9 Advanced calling features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Understand active-call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Use voice privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Use call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Use call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Use send own caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Select a phone number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Use automa tic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Use 1-to uch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Set touch tone s trings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Link contac t list entr ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Select a syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 4 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2 260 User Guide 5 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 1 0 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Use K eyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Understand the security code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Restric t calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 1 1 Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Use the al arm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Use the ca lculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Busine ss cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Download a ri nging tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 12 Prepaid services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Manage prepaid serv ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Check your prepaid balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Add money to your account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Call cust omer service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Save your acce ss numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Expirati on date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 13 Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Start a new game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Snake II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Space impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 P airs II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 3 14 Minute Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Check your call informati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Check your account informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Customer c are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 15 Reference information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Batter y statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Proper care and maintenan ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Important safe ty information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Make emergen cy calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 5 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
6 Copyright é 200 3 Nokia Accessory safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Accessori es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 T echnical inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 04 T roubleshootin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 05 Nokia One-Ye ar Limited Warr anty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Appendi x A Message from the CTI A to all users of mob ile phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Appen dix B Message fr om the FDA to all users of mob ile phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 6 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 7 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 1 For your safety Read these simple guidelines . Breaking the rules may be dangerous or ille gal. Further det ailed information is given in th is manual.. Do not switch on th e phone when wire less phone use is prohibited or when it m ay cause in terference or d anger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a hand-he ld phone while drivin g. INTERFERE NCE All wireless phone s may get interfe rence, which c ould affect performance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT AL S Follow any re gulations or rule s. Switch the p hone off near m edical equip ment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devic es can cause int erference in aircraft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Don't use the pho ne at a refu eling poi nt. Don't use near f uel or chemi cals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLASTING Don't use the phone where blasting is in progress. Observe restrictions, and follow any regulation s or rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the norma l position. Don't touc h the antenna unne cessarily . QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel m ay install or repair phon e equipment. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 7 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
8 Copyright é 2003 Nokia For your safety ACCESSORIES AND BA TT ERIES Use only approved accessories and batteries. Do not conne ct incompatible produ cts. W A TER-RESIST ANCE Y o ur wireless ph one is not wate r-resistant. Keep it dry . CALLIN G Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , inclu ding the area code, t hen pr ess th e Tal k ke y . To e nd a c al l, pr ess t he End key . To answe r a call, press t he Tal k key . EMERGENCY C ALLS Ensure the pho ne is switc hed on an d in service. Pre ss the End key as many tim es as neede d (for examp le, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to clear t he dis play . Enter the eme rgency n umber , then press t he Tal k key . Give your location. Do not end the c all until told to do so. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 8 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 9 Copyright é 2003 Nokia NOTES 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 9 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 Copyright é 2003 Nokia For your safety Nokia 2260 phone at a glance Tal k ke y Disp lay scr een Scroll up key Left selection ke y Star key End key Microphone Earpiece Right selection key Po w e r k e y Connecti on port Po u n d k e y Numb er keys Scroll down key 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 10 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 2 W elcome and quick guide Congratulations on your pu rchase of a Nokia mobile phone , a new tool for the mobile information society . ⢠GET THE MOST OUT OF THIS GUIDE The diagram to th e left illustrates the various co mponents of your phone . Familiarize yourself with the diagram to help you be tter understand the instructions th at follow . Understand the terms This guide uses certain terms for the steps that y ou are asked to pe rform. ⢠Press means to briefly press, th en release a key . For example, press 7 means press th e key on the keypad that is la beled with the numbe r 7 and th e letters , âÂÂp,q,r ,s.â â¢ Press and hold means to press and hold a key for two to three sec onds (depen ding on the fe ature b eing use d), th en relea se the ke y . ⢠Highlig hted options on th e scre en are en closed withi n a dark bar . The selection k eys are used to act on the high lighted option. ⢠Selecti on ke ys are us ed to select a menu option, pre ss the selection ke y below th e menu item on the ph oneâÂÂs screen. In the exam ple to the righ t, to sele ct Menu , you would pres s the left sele ction key . To access the contact list, press Contacts (the right selection key) . ⢠Scroll key s are used to m ove up and down in the menus. For example, if ins tructed to scroll to anothe r contact list entry , this means to press Scroll u p or Scroll dow n key . â¢T h e Tal k ke y is used to pla ce a call or to answer a n incoming call. â¢T h e End ke y is used to end a call or pre ss and hold to return to th e idle screen. Left Selection Right Selection Scroll down End Tal k Scroll up 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 11 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
12 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide Notice text clues This user guide provides text c lues to mak e instructi ons clear and e asy to follow . Follow graphic clues This guide uses icons (graphi c clues) to ale rt you to import ant information. Tip: Information about a shortcut or an alternate method of doing something. Note: Explanation about a featu re or an important concept. Importan t: Critical information about a fe ature. Caution: Help to av oid information loss. Warn in g: Help to avoid personal injury , damage to the phone, or property damage. Look for updates From time to time, Nokia updates this user gu ide to reflect change s or corrections. The latest ve rsion may be available a t www.nokia.com /us . Also, an intera ctive tutorial may be av ailable at www .nokiaho wto.com . Clue What it means bold Indicates one of the follow ing items: ⢠The word or phrase appears on the ph oneâÂÂs screen. ⢠Spe cial t ext, such as Note s and War nin gs . ⢠The name o f one of the phone keys. bold and blu e Indicates the text is an address on the World Wide Web . italic Italics indicate emphasis. Pay close attention to a ny information in italics. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 12 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 13 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠GET STARTED WITH THE QUICK GUIDE Make a call Enter phone number , press the Tal k key . Answe r a call Press th e Tal k key or Answer . Answe r with call waitin g Press th e Tal k key . End a call Press th e End key . Sile nce a call Press th e End key . Redial Press th e Tal k key twice . Adju st ca ll volu me Duri ng a cal l, press the Scroll u p key to increase the volume or th e Scro ll down key to decrea se the v olume. Use the in-call m enu In a call, press Options . Use 1 -touc h di aling Press and hold one of keys 2 - 9 . Save a name and nu mber Enter a number , press Save , ente r a nam e, an d pre ss OK . Retrie ve a name /numbe r Press Contac ts , select Find . Retrie ve a name /number during a call Press Options , scro ll New call , press Select , press Find , enter first letter of the name. Check voice ma il Press and hold 1 or call your voice mailbox number . Send a t ext message Press Menu 1-1 . Write the mes sage. Pr ess Options ( Send will be the first option), pres s Sel ect , enter the recipient âÂÂs number , the n press Send . Send a busin ess card Retrieve a n ame from t he contact list, press Options , sele ct Send bus. car d , enter the recipientâ s number , then press Send . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 13 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
14 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide Send a n e- mail messa ge Press Menu 1- 2 . Enter the recipientâÂÂs address, press OK , enter the subject, pre ss OK , write t he messag e, press Options , scroll to Send , then press Select . (You may need to enter th e gateway n umber your s ervice provider gave you.) Read ne w message Press Read . If you have more tha n one me ssage, scroll to the on e you wa nt, then press Read again. Reply to a me ssage Press Options , scro ll to Reply , then pre ss Sel ect . Reply to an E-mai l message When reading the mess age, press Options , scroll to Reply , then pr ess Select . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 14 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 15 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠UNDERSTAND WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES The wireless phone de scribed in this guide is approv ed for use on the TDMA and AMPS networks. A number of fea tures include d in this guide a re called Netw ork Services. These are special services you arrange through yo ur wireless servi ce provider. Before you can take a dvantage of any of these N etwork S ervices, you must subscribe to them throu gh your se rvice provider and obta in instructions for their use from your service provider . Note: Some networks m ay not support all langua ge-dependent characters and/or services. Network services fo r your N okia pho ne include : ⢠V o ice mail an d voice priva cy ⢠Call wait ing, call forwarding, and caller ID ⢠T ext, e-mail , a nd pict ure messages ⢠Ability to se nd your own number Sign up with a service provider Before you ca n use any ne twork service s, you must sign up w ith a wirele ss service provider . Your service provide r will supply descriptions of spe cial features and instructions for u sing their servic es. ⢠REGISTER YOUR PHONE Make sure to re gister your phone at www .wa rranty .nokiausa.com or 1-888-NOKIA-2U ( 1 -88 8 -66 5 -42 2 8) so th at w e c an be tt er se r ve you , if yo u s ho ul d need to call the center or have yo ur phon e repaire d. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you reg ister yo ur ph one, yo u can si gn up f or Noki a's e- newsl etter Nokia Connectio ns if you would like . Y ou will receive tips and tricks on using your phone , accessory information, and special offers. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 15 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
16 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide ⢠THE ANTENNA Tip: Y our ph one ha s a bu ilt -in a nte nna . As with an y other r adio tran smittin g device, d o not touch the antenna unnece ssarily wh en the phone is switched on. Co nta ct w ith t he ant en na af fects ca ll qual ity an d may cause the pho ne to ope rate at a high er po wer le vel th an oth erwis e neede d. Not to uchin g the anten na are a durin g a pho ne call optim izes the antenna performance and the t alk-time of your phone. Normal position: Hold the phone as you w ould any othe r telephone with the antenna pointed up and over your shoulde r . ⢠THE BATTERY This se ction tells you ho w to in stall a nd rem ove t he batt ery . Y ou w ill need t o rem ove the battery wh en replacing it, or to v iew the phoneâÂÂs label (located under the battery). For imp ortant safety information on using batterie s and chargers, see âÂÂAccessory safetyâ on page 94. Install the battery 1 Place t he bat tery in the compartme nt with the label sid e facing up and the golden contact area of the battery aligned with the contact prongs inside the phone. 2 Press down on the batt ery until it snaps in to place. 1 2 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 16 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 17 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 3 Alig n the co ver over the bac k of the phone, placing the end of the cover approximately 1/4 in ch past the en d of the ph one. Lo wer the back cover onto th e phone. 4 Press down slightly and slide the cover until it locks into pla ce. Remove the battery If you purc hase a new ba ttery or need to acc ess informat ion on th e phoneâÂÂs l abe l, you may n eed to remov e the battery. Make s ure the phon e has been turned off for at leas t 1 0 seconds. Importan t: Dispose of batteries according t o applicable local regulations (for example, recycling). Do not dispose as household waste. 1 Hold the phone wit h the back fa cing you. At t he botto m corners of the phone, press the battery cove r with your t humb and forefinger . 2 Plac e the th umb of y our othe r hand in the gr oove, approximate ly 1 inch fr om the to p of the phone . Apply pressure with the thumb , sli d e the back cove r toward you to r ele ase it, then remove it. 1/4 inch 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 17 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
18 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide 3 Look for th e battery latch th at ru ns alo ng the end of the b attery near est the top of the phone. 4 Place your thumbs on the corners of the latch and press away from the battery . 5 Once the battery is released from the latch, it will lift s lightly so that it can be rem oved from the ph one. Warning: Use on ly your ha nds to remove the battery . Do not use any objects that may damage the phone or th e battery . Charge the battery Before you begin usi ng your phone, you need to prepare your phone by charging the batte ry . 1 Plu g the charger into a standard wall outlet, then connect t he lead f rom the cha rger to the bottom of the phone. 2 The battery power indica tor (or battery bar) appears on the screen and starts scrolling. Charging appears if the phone is on. 3 When the battery bar stops scrolling, the battery charge is complete. Bat ter y full appears if the phone is on. 4 Disconnect the charger from the phone. IMPORT ANT BATTERY INFORMATIO N Use the following guidelines to obtain the best pe rformance from yo ur battery: ⢠With your pho ne turned off, c harge your new b attery for three h ours before its first use. Use the battery until it is fully discharged. Repeat this procedu re twice for a to tal of three charging c ycles. ⢠Battery ope ration time ma y be les s than the estimated tim es during th e first charges. T his condition is normal. ⢠If the battery is full y discharged, the scroll ing bars may not appear immediately wh en charging. ⢠After the first c harge, you can m ake and receive calls during th e charging cycle, but the ca lls interrupt the cha rge. When the phone call ends, the ch arge wi ll re su me. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 18 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 19 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠The bars on the screen stop scrolling and remain con stant when the phone is charged. If y ou leave th e phone con nected to the charger , the battery re ceives an additional charge. Note: The batte ry will accept a âÂÂtrick le char geâ for a n addit ional tw o hours. See âÂÂReference informatio nâ on page 87 for more information on batteries. ⢠Chargi ng tim e depen ds on t he cha rger an d batt ery us ed. See â Ba tteriesâ on page 95 for charging, talk, and standby times. PROLONG BATTERY LIFE For good operation ti mes with NiMH batteries, discharge th e battery from time to time by leaving your phone switched on until it turns itself off. Ignore any messages t o recharge you r battery an d let th e battery com pletely dis charge. Importan t: Do no t attempt to dis charge the battery by any other means . ⢠SET UP YOUR HEADSET Y our phone is c ompatible with the HDC -5, HDC-10, HDE-2, and HDB-5 head set s. The he adset pro vides conv enie nt, h ands- free use of the phone. Connect the headset 1 Plug the he adset plug into the bottom of you r phone. 2 Put the roun d ear plug into on e ear . Use the headset With th e headse t conne cted, you can ma ke and answer calls as usual. The micropho ne for the headset hangs at the side of your head. Alt hough the mi crophone may seem far from your mouth, you can speak at a normal volume. Note: Y ou can set your phon e to answer au tomatically wh en the hea dset is connected. See âÂÂAutomatic answerâ on page 57 for more information. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 19 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
20 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide â¢G E T H E L P Find your phoneâÂÂs label Wh en yo u cal l t h e N ok ia Cu st om er Ca re C en ter o r y ou r s er vi ce pr ov id er, yo u will need to provide sp ecific informa tion about your pho ne. This informat ion is re co rd ed on the phoneâÂÂs type label. The type labe l is located under the batt ery inside the phoneâÂÂs back cover . It contains the mode l and serial numbers as well as other important information about your phone . Please do not remove or deface the label. Contact Nokia If you have a que stion and have already c hecked the Troubleshooting section (see page 105), we recommend that you h ave the following in formation available before contacting t he Nokia Custom er Care Center or you r service provide r: ⢠Y ou r phoneâÂÂs model nu mber ⢠ESN (Electronic se rial numbe r â located on t he label under the bat tery) ⢠Y ou r billing address ZIP c ode ⢠The phone or accessory in question Contact your service prov ider Y ou may want to save your service providerâÂÂs customer support telephone number into your phone . This will let yo u easily contac t your provider if you have que stions or issues with your phone service. Nokia Customer Care Center , USA Customer Care Ce ntre, Canada Nokia Mobile Phones 7725 Woodland Center Blvd. Suite # 150 Tampa, Florida 33614 Tel: 1-8 88-NOKI A-2U (1-888-665 -4228) Fax: 1-8 13-249-9619 For TTY/TDD u sers: 1-800-24-N OKIA (1 -800-246 -6542) Nokia Products Ltd. 601 W estney Road South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Tel: 1 -888-22-N OKIA (1-888-2 26-6542) Fax: 1-905-427 -1070 Web si te : www .nokia. ca 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 20 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 21 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Receive accessibility information Nokia is comm itted to m akin g mob ile pho nes ea sy to use f or all individ uals, i nc lu di ng those wi th disabilities. Nokia maintains a n internet s ite that is de dicated to accessibility solu tions. For more information about phone features, accessories and other Nokia produc ts designed with you r needs in mind, visit th e web site at: www .nokiaac cessibilit y .com LPS-3 MO BILE I NDU CTIV E LO OPSE T The LPS-3 Loopset is a Nokia accessory designed to make t he phone more accessible to hearing-aid users. The loopset gives hearing-aid u sers clear access to digital telephony for the first time. It allows people with T-coil equipped hearing aids to make and receive calls without noise interference. T o activate the Loopset , see âÂÂAccessory settingsâ on page 56. Note: The loopset is sold separately as an ac cessory to the phone. HOW THE LOOPSE T WORKS The LPS-3 Loopset uses in ductive technology to transmit sound to a hearing aid equi pped with a T-coil. The sound from th e phone is amplified more efficient ly and background noise is eliminated. The loopset is easy to use. Wear the loopset around your neck, conne ct it to your phone, and speak directly toward th e microphone. For detailed instruction s on using the loopse t, refer to the book let that comes with the LPS-3. Set up the TTY/TDD profile Y ou can connect your p hone to a TTY /TDD us ing th e Nokia TT Y/TDD Adapter ( HDA-9). In order for your phone to recognize the TTY/TDD, you will n eed to connec t the adap ter t o you r phon e. Importan t: Some manufacturers of T TY/TDD devices s uggest that the phone be least 18 inches fr om the TTY/T DD device. Wh en connecti ng to an y othe r device, read i ts user guide or con tact its ma nufacturer for detailed instructions and safety information. 1 Connect the TTY/TD D with a ca ble to the HDA-9 adapte r . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 21 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
22 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide 2 Plug the HDA-9 adapter into the connector on the bottom of your phone, as shown in the illustration . . 3 Press Menu 4-4-4-1 ( Setting s > Acce ssory sett ings > TTY/TDD > Use TTY ). 4 Scroll to Ye s , then press Selec t . NOTES ABOUT TTY/TDD CALLS ⢠The Nokia TTY/ TDD Adapter (H DA-9) is for us e with co mpatible TTY/TDD devices only . Check with the manufac turer of the TTY/TDD device to ensure that the con nection is compatible. ⢠Check with the manufacturer of th e TTY/TDD device for the appropriate connec ting cable . ⢠TTY/TDD com munication s depend on ne twork ava ilability . C heck with your service provider for availability an d description of services. MAKE A TTY/ TDD CALL Tip: Before making a TTY/TD D call wi th your phone, check the signal stre ngt h. See âÂÂUnderstand indicators and iconsâ on page 25 for details. 1 From th e start scr een, ente r the number , and press the Tal k key . 2 When the receiving party answe rs, begin typing your conv ersation on the TTY/TDD. RECEIVE A TTY /TDD CA LL 1 Make s ure the TTY /TDD devic e is conn ected to yo ur pho ne. 2 Press the Tal k key to answer the call, t hen type your responses on the TTY\TDD. END A TTY/ TDD CALL Press th e End key . 18â 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 22 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 23 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 3 Basic operations This section gives a brief introdu ction to the phon e and shows quick steps for: ⢠Making and ans wering calls ⢠Adjusting the earpiec e volume ⢠Navigating through menus ⢠Using menu shortcuts Y ou will al so find information about the phoneâÂÂs icon s and how t o use in-pho ne help. The rest of this gu ide provides com plete details on phone u se. ⢠SWITCH YOUR PHONE ON OR OFF Warning: Do not swi tch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or w hen it may caus e inter fere nce or d anger . T o switch on your phone, press and hold the power key for 2 seconds. To s witch off your phone. ⢠Press and hold the power key . OR ⢠Pre ss the po wer key qu ickly . When Switch off! is highli ghted on the scr een, pr ess Selec t . ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS There are seve ral wa ys to ma ke and answ er ca lls on your phone. Once le arning about the basic me thods, you will discover other tips throughout this gu ide when reading about the phon eâÂÂs features. Use the keypad 1 Enter the p hone num ber , includin g the area co de if need ed. 2 Press th e Tal k key . Importan t: Do not t ouch the a ntenna whe n the phone is switc hed on. Conta ct with the antenna affe cts call quality and may c ause the phone to ope rate at a higher power le vel than otherw ise needed. Po w e r key 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 23 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
24 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Basic operations Use the contact list 1 From the start scree n, press the Scroll up or Scroll d own key and scr oll t o the number you want . 2 Press th e Tal k key to make th e call. Tip: To skip ahead quickly in the list, press the num ber key that has the first letter of the name. You may have to pre ss the key mo re than o nce to get to the correct lett er . Make a 1-touch dial call Press and ho ld the key as signed to th e numb er yo u wish to call. To learn how to store a numbe r for use w ith 1-to uch dialing se e âÂÂAssign a key t o 1-touch dialing â on page 6 7. End a call Press th e End key to end the call or to cance l the ca ll attempt. Answer a call When your ph one r ings, pres s the Tal k key . You can press a ny key to ans wer a call except the power key , end key , or the scroll keys. Note: If Keyguard is active, the keyp ad will un lock wh en you have an incoming call. Silence an incoming call Press th e End key or Silent to mute t he ringing of a n incoming c all. Redial the last-dialed number Press th e Tal k key twice. Adjust the earpiece volume Adjust the earpiece volume during a call by pressin g the scroll ke ys located ju st below the screen. ⢠Pre ss the Scro ll up key to inc rease the vol ume. ⢠Pre ss the Scroll dow n key to decrease the volume. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 24 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 25 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠CHECK THE START SCREEN When you switch on your ph one, a welcome appears, then you see the start screen . The s tart scre en appear s when th e phon e is idling or standing by . Understand the Scroll Bar When you press Menu , a vertical scroll bar appears on the right side of the screen. This scroll bar has a tab which moves up or down to indica te your loc ation in the menu. Understand indicators and icons Y o u have two t ypes of identifiers on y our phone: Indicators show the status of something. The phone uses three types of indicators: signal strength, battery power and handset volume. Icons are graphical representations of a specific item or situation. For example, an icon appears when you have a voice message in your m ailbox. Indicators ⢠Signal strength â shows the sign al strength of the wirele ss network at your current location. The higher the bar , the stronger the signal. ⢠Battery power â show s the battery charge level. The higher the bar , the more power in the batt ery . Start screen Scroll bar Signal strength indicator Batte ry power indicator 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 25 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
26 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Basic operations Ico ns ⢠CHECK IN-PHONE HELP Many me nu item s have brief he lp text. T o vie w the help te xt, scroll to t he menu item and wait for about 15 seconds. Press More or the Scro ll down key to continu e reading the text. P ress Back to exit or wait a fe w second s to return to the current m enu. Screen Icon What it mean s Active call in progress. Silent h as been selec ted as the current profile. The phon eâÂÂs ke ypad i s locked to prev ent a ny acci dental key pres ses. One (or m ore) new voic e messages w aiting. One or more new text messages w aiting. (If blinkin g, the te xt message me mory is full.) Digital servic e is available. Standard text input m ode for entering alph a characters. Press to switch between u ppercase and lowercase input. Predictive text mode fo r quickly entering text me ssages. Press # to switch between u ppercase and lowercase input. 123 mode. This icon appe ars when you press and hold # while enteri ng text. Y ou can now enter only num bers (not alpha characters). Press and hold # again to re turn to tex t entry mod e. Specia l ch arac ter mode. This appears when you press * while enteri ng text. Onc e the ch aracters a ppear , you ca n select a specia l character by selecting Inser t . Alar m cloc k is set . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 26 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 27 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠BROWSE PHO NE MENUS A menu is a list of choices you can make to change s ettings on your phone or use various phone features. Each men u ca n con tai n s ever al levels of submenus. Y ou can use menus and submenus two wa ys: by sc rolling or by using a shortcu t. This guide uses the shortcut method when de scribing how to use the phoneâÂÂs features. Scroll through menus 1 At the start screen, pr ess Menu , then scroll through th e menus us ing the Scroll up and Scroll d own keys . 2 Use th e scr oll and selecti on key s to nav igate t he subm enus; p ress t he End key to return to t he start screen. For example, when you see ( Menu > Profiles > Silen t ) the scro lling m etho d is: press Menu , scroll to Profiles and press Select , scroll to Silent and press Options . Return to the pr evious menu level Y o u can re turn to the previous menu leve l by pressing the selection key labe led Exit or Back . Return to the start screen from any menu level by pressing the End key . Use shortcuts Menus and opti ons are n umbered s o that you can quickly find you r way t o a n opt ion. Th e nu mb er s ap pea r in the t op right corner of th e screen and show yo ur l ocati on i n the m enu. 1 Press Menu . 2 Within 3 s econds, ent er the firs t number of th e menu fu nction yo u want to acce ss. 3 Repeat un til you have entered all t he num bers. For exa m ple, to sel ect the Silent pr ofile , press Menu 3-2-1 . MENU TIPS ⢠Y ou can scroll upward to quickly access the last option in a menu list. ⢠You can return to the previous menu level by pressing Back . ⢠To exit a menu and re turn to the start screen , press th e End key . If you leave a menu by pressing th e End ke y , you cancel any changes you made. ⢠Some menus may not appe ar . Ask your s erv ice prov ider fo r de tails. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 27 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
28 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Basic operations Menu shortcuts 1 MESSAGE S 1 Write messa ge . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 2 Write e-m ail . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 3 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 4 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 5 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 6 Delet e all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 7 Picture mes sages . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 8 V oice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1 Listen to v oice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8- 1 2 Voice mailbox number . . 1-8 -2 2 CALL LOG 1 Missed cal ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2 Receive d calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 3 Dialed cal ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 4 Clear call l ists . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 1 All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-1 2 Missed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-2 3 Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3 4 Dialed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4 5 Call tim ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1 Duration of las t call . . . . 2-5-1 2 Duration of all calls . . . . 2-5-2 3 C lear timer s . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3 3P R O F I L E S 1 Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 -1 2 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1-2 1 Ringing options . . . 3 -1-2-1 2 Ringing tone. . . . . . 3-1-2-2 3 Ringing volu me . . . 3 -1-2-3 4 Vibrating al ert . . . . 3-1-2-4 5 Message al ert tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-5 6 Key pad tones . . . . .3 -1-2-6 7 Warning tones . . . . 3-1-2-7 8 Profile name 1 2 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 -2 1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 -1 2 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2-2 3 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 -1 2 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3-2 4 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 -1 2 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4-2 5 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 -1 2 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5-2 1 The Profile name option is available for Silent, Meeting, Outdoor and P ager . The Normal profi le cannot be renamed. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 28 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 29 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 4 SETTINGS 1 Time setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 1 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1 1 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1-1 2 Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -1-1-2 2 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 1 Show/Hide clock . . 4-1-2-1 2 Set the time . . . . . 4-1-2-2 3 Time format . . . . . 4-1-2-3 3 Auto-update of tim e. . . 4-1-3 2 Call s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 1 Automatic redi al . . . . . . 4-2-1 2 Current call tim er . . . . . 4-2-2 3 Phone set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 1 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1 2 T ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2 1 Manual t ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2-1 2 Touch tone length 4-3-2-2 3 Welcome note . . . . . . . . 4-3-3 4 Restore factory setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-4 4A c c e s s o r y s e t t i n g s 1 . . . . . . . . 4-4 1 Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1 2 Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2 3 Loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3 4 TTY/TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4 5 Sec urit y s etti ngs . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 1 Call restri ctions . . . . . . . 4-5-1 2 Change s ecurity code . . 4-5-2 1 The Accessory settings menu will not appear until after an accessory has been connected to the phone. 6 Network servic es . . . . . . . . . . 4- 6 1 V oice privacy . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1 2 Call forwarding 2 . . . . . 4-6-2 3 Call wait ing 2 . . . . . . . . 4-6-3 4 Send own ca ller ID 2 . . . 4-6-4 5 Network feature setti ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-5 6 Own number selection 4-6-6 2 Call forwarding, call waiting and send own caller ID are network-depend ent featur es. In so me ne tworks , the codes for t hese featu res m ust be acti vate d and these sub menus will not appear until they are activated. 5S Y S T E M 1 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 2 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 3 New sea rch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 6G A M E S 1 Snake II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 2 Space Impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 3 P airs II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 4 Settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 7 C A L C U L A T O R 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 29 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
30 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Basic operations 8 P R E P A I D 1 1 Check accou nt balance . . . . . 8-1 2 Add money to account. . . . . . 8-2 3 Call cust omer service . . . . . . . 8-3 4 Save access phone numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 1 Balance phone num ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4-1 2 Replenish phone num ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4-2 3 Customer s ervice phone number . . . . . . . . 8-4-3 5 Expirat ion date . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 1 The Prepaid menu is visible only when prepaid service is available in your network and/or activated on your acco un t. Ple ase contact your ser vice provider for more information on Prepaid servic es. 9 M I N U T E M G R . 2 1 My calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 2 My accou nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 3 Customer care. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 2 The Minute Manager menu is v isible only when Minute Manage r service is activated on your account. Please contact your serv ice provider for more information. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 30 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 31 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠CONTACT LIST MENU For access to the co ntact list and it s menus: 1 Switch back to the start sc reen. 2 Press Contacts . These options a re available: 1F i n d 2A d d n e w 3 Delete all 4O p t i o n s 1 Con tac ts vi ew 2M e m o r y s t a t u s 5 1-touc h dialing 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 31 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
32 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Text entry 4T e x t e n t r y There are two ways to enter letters and numbers into yo ur phone: ⢠Standard text in put - for mak ing entries in the c ontact list. ⢠Predictive tex t input - for w riti ng text messages, picture messages, and e-mails. For more detail, see âÂÂPredictive textâ on page 35. ⢠STAN DARD TEXT ENTRY Standard text input is used when e ntering text into inform ation prompts. You can use this method for all text en try , but predicti ve text input is the faster method for writing messa ges. Enter letters (ABC mode) When you add new names to th e contac t list, yo ur phone automatic ally switche s to the ABC mode and displays the icon. 1 Find the k ey that has the lette r you wan t to enter . 2 Press t he key as many ti mes as need ed for th e letter to appear on the screen. Enter numbers (123 mode) To e nter numbers: 1 Press and hold # to switch to 123 mode . Press the appropriate number key to enter a number. OR While in ABC mode , press and ho ld the correspon ding number key until the number appears. If you make a mistake, press Clear to delete that character. 2 To return to the ABC mode , press and hold # again for two seconds. DELETE MIST AKES If you m ake a mis take, pr ess Clear as needed to delete one or more characters. Press and hold Clear to delete the entire field of c haracters. Current entry method 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 32 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 33 Copyright é 2003 Nokia CHANG E FR OM CAPI TAL (UPPER CASE) LETT ERS To switch betwee n capital ( uppercase) and lowerca se letters , press # . The icon in th e upper left corn er of the s creen switches to , indicating tha t you can now enter lowe rcase letters. To sw itch back to u ppercase letters agai n, press # . ⢠SPACES, PUNCTUATION, AND SPECIAL CHARACTERS ENTRY Depending on the sel ected display language, the following characters may be available when entering charact ers from the keypad: Note: Some networks m ay not support all langua ge-dependent characters and/or services. ⢠T o enter a space, pres s 0 once. ⢠T o enter punctuation, pre ss 1 repeatedly unt il the character you want appears . Key Characters Ke y Characters 1 . , â ? ! @ ~ / â - 1 8 T U V 8 2 A B C 2 9 W X Y Z 9 3 D E F 3 0 Enters an empty space or 0 . 4 G H I 4 * Special characters 5 J K L 5 # Changes letter case; long press toggles between text input mode and number input mode. 6 M N O 6 Scroll up key Moves cursor to the left of character . 7 P Q R S 7 Scroll down key Moves cursor to the right of character . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 33 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
34 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Text entry Use special characters While ent ering te xt, press * (or press and hold * , if predictive t ext is on) to display specia l characte rs. Press * again to cycle th rough all charac ters: Use s croll keys to selec t the c haracte r you wa nt, then pr ess Insert . Note: The order an d availability o f special c haracters may va ry depending on your service provider . Use four-way scrolling Navigate spec ial characters, using the 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 keys much as you wo uld a joyst ick. Once a character is highlighted press 5 to ins ert th e char act er into your message. Use symbols in names and numbers ⢠To enter a symbol while adding a n ame to the c ontact lis t, press * . ⢠T o add a special character for creating a number string in the number box, press * . See âÂÂSe t touch tone stringsâ on p age 67. . ?! @ â - _( ) , :; & /~\ % * # <=> â ã $ ÃÂ¥ äá ÿ ç Scroll up Scroll right Scroll left Scroll down Insert character 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 34 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 35 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠PREDICTIVE TEXT Predictive text input allows you to write messages muc h faster than the standard text method. Wi th predictive te xt input, you only need to press each numbe r key once for eac h letter . Y our phone uses a built- in dictionary to predi ct or gues s wh at you are w riting. You can also add new words to the dict ionary . Turn on predictive text 1 Press Menu , th en pr ess Select . 2 Scroll to Wri te mess age , then press Select . 3 Press Options , s croll to Pred ictiv e text , th en pr ess Selec t . 4 Scr oll to the langu age y ou wa nt, th en pr ess Selec t . T9 prediction on appears. Enter predictive text To write âÂÂSte veâ with the English dictionary s elected, press: 7 (for S ) 8 (for t ) 3 (for e ) 8 (for v ) 3 (for e ) Since the displ ayed word changes after each key stroke, disr egard the word u ntil y ou have key ed in all th e charact ers. If th e finished word is not the one you wa nted, press * until your word appe ars. If it does not ap pear you will hav e an optio n to spe ll your wor d using sta ndard text in put. Note: Predictive tex t input may not be available for all languages. Turn off predictive text 1 While writin g a text me ssage, press Options . 2 Scroll to Predictiv e text , then press Selec t . 3 Scroll to Predict ion off , then press Selec t . T9 predi ction off app ear s. Save a word in the dictionary If the word Opti on s chang es to Spell , the w ord you intende d to write is not in the dictionary . Y ou ca n add the word to predictive text. Press Spell , enter t he word us ing stand ard text entry and press OK to save the word. See âÂÂSt andard text entryâ on page 32 for m ore information. The display shows the above words for each key pressed . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 35 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
36 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Text entry Enter numbers 1 T o add a n umber to the me ssage, press and hold # until appears on the scree n. 2 Enter the nu mbers you w ant, then press and h old # to return to the ABC mo de . Note: Y ou can also enter numbers from the Options menu ( Insert number ), or by a long press of the number key . Enter punctuation and special characters There are two ways to enter punctuation when us ing predictive text. Press and hold * to access the specia l characte rs list. See âÂÂUse special cha ractersâ on page 34 for m ore information. Y o u can also ent er symbols from the Options menu: 1 From the Messages screen, press Options . 2 Scroll to Insert sym bol and press Sele ct . 3 Scroll to the symbol y ou want and pre ss Inse rt . Change the case Predictive t ext uses se ntence ca se, but you can ma nually chan ge betwe en upper and lower case by pressing # . Tip: Y ou can swit ch be tween upper case and lowe rcase s tandar d te xt inp ut and upper case and low ercase pr edictiv e text input by repeat edly pre ssing # . Write compound words 1 Write the first part of t he word and pres s the Scroll d own key to accep t it . 2 Write the last part of the compound word and press 0 to enter the word and a spac e. Clear the scr een T o clear th e text scr een, pres s and hold Clear . Y ou can al so use th e Options menu by selecting the Clear text option. Delete information To delete information when using pre dictive te xt, press Cle ar . Press and hold the clear key to delete text mo re quick ly . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 36 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 37 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 5 Contact list Y our phone includes a contact li st that can store up to 200 entries (names and ass ociated phone numbers). In addition, the contact list can store an e-mail addres s for a name. ⢠An entry in th e contact lis t can consist of a numb er onl y or a name and a nu mber . ⢠Y ou cannot ente r the same name twice. If you try to save a name tha t is already in the conta ct list, the phone asks if you want to replace th e existing n ame. ⢠USE CONTACT LIST MENUS The contact list has s everal men us from whi ch you ca n choose. Th ese me nus ap pe a r when you pre ss Contacts . Use th e scroll keys t o move to the m enu you want to us e. ⢠SAVE NAMES, NUMBERS , AND E-MAIL ADDRESSES For information on entering text, see â Standard text entryâ o n page 32. Quickly save a name and number This meth od is called quick save. 1 Enter t he phone n umber usi ng the key pad, th en press Save . 2 Enter a name and press OK . Menu Function Find Allows yo u to sear ch for a spec ific entry . Add new Allo ws yo u to add a new co ntac t to yo ur con tact l ist. Delete all Allows you to delete names and nu mbers one by one or all at once. Options Takes you to a new menu list whic h includes the contact listâÂÂs memory status and scrol ling view . 1-to uch dia ling Allows you to assign up to eight keys for speed dialing. C ontact lis t 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 37 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
38 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Contact list Save an entry using the contact list menu 1 Press Contacts to enter the conta ct list. 2 Scroll to Add new , then p ress Selec t . 3 Enter a name, then press OK . 4 Enter a number , then press OK . Save an e-mail addr ess Once you h ave adde d a co ntact to you r cont act l ist, you can add a n e-mai l addre ss to that co ntact. Note: E-mail addresses c an only be add ed to existing c ontacts. For exampl e, you cannot enter an e-mail address until you have selected a n ame or number . 1 Find the na me to whic h you wa nt to add a n e-ma il add res s. 2 Press Detail s , then p ress Option s . 3 Scroll to E-mail addr ess , th en pr ess Select . 4 Enter the e-ma il address, and press OK . Importan t: If you h ave se lected the Name n umber contac ts view , y ou will not need t o press Detai ls . ⢠RECALL NAMES AND NUMBERS 1 At the start screen , press Contacts . 2 Select Find , then enter one or two lette rs of the nam e you wan t to recall. 3 Press Find , then press the Ta lk key to d ial the n umber . Y ou may ha ve to scroll to the appropriate entry in a lis t if you ha ve stored names that are simil ar to each o ther . Recall information with shortcuts Y ou may wa nt to use s ome of the se shortcuts or alte rnate meth ods for recalling a number . ⢠Pre ss Contacts , enter the first letter of the nam e, scroll to t he name, and press the Tal k key to dial th e numb er . ⢠At the start screen, press the scr oll keys to en ter your l ist of names, scroll to the nam e you want to dial, and press the Tal k key . ⢠Pre ss the Tal k key t o access a list of your last ten dialed calls, scroll to the one you want to dial, then pre ss the Tal k key ag ain. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 38 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 39 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠EDIT A NAME OR NUMBER Y ou can edit a name, a number , or both. 1 Recall the name o r number you want to e dit. 2 Press Detail s , then press Options . 3 Edit appears, then press Selec t . 4 Edit the na me or number and press OK . Importan t: If you have selec ted the Name n umber contacts view , you d o not need t o press Detai ls . ⢠DELETE NAMES AND NUMBERS Eras ing st ored nam es an d nu mbe rs rem ove s the m fro m you r pho ne. O nce y ou delete an item , you can re store it only by re-entering it. Individual entries 1 Recall the contact list entry you want to delete. 2 Press Detail s , then press Options . 3 Scroll to Dele te , and press Selec t . The mess age Del ete ? appears. 4 Press OK . Importan t: If you have selec ted the Name n umber contacts view , you d o not need t o press Detai ls . Entire contents 1 Press Names , scro ll to Delet e all, and press Selec t . 2 Scroll to Delet e all and press Select . 3 When yo u see th e message Are you sure? , pre ss OK . 4 Enter your security code and press OK . Note: For informa tion on your security co de, see â Unde rstand the securi ty codeâ on page 73. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 39 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
40 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Contact list ⢠CUST OMIZE YOUR CONTACTS VIEW Y ou can cha nge how the informa tion in your c ontact lis t looks on yo ur screen. There are t hree di ffere nt ways t o view your co ntact l ist. I n all v iews, you ca n use the scroll ke ys to move up and dow n through the list of name s. Select your scrolling view To change the way you view na mes and n umbers in your co ntact list. 1 Press Contacts , scro ll to Options , and press Selec t . 2 At Contacts view , pre ss Selec t . 3 Scroll to the view y ou want and pre ss Select . Importan t: If you h ave se lected the Name n umber contac ts view , y ou will not need t o press Detai ls when working with contact list options. ⢠CHECK MEMORY ST ATUS Y ou can che ck how muc h contact lis t memory is free and how m uch has been used. 1 Press Contacts and scroll to Options . 2 Press Selec t , scroll to Memo ry sta tus , and press Selec t . Choice What it do es Name li st Displays three names on t he screen at a time. Name n umber Only one name and its c orresponding number appears on the screen at a time. Name only Displays in dividu al names onl y . You can view the corr espondi ng phone numbe r by pressing Detai ls and then scrolling up or down. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 40 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 41 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 6 Call log Your phone prov ides a call log that register s information abou t calls you m ake and re ceive. The c all log k eeps trac k of th e foll owing: ⢠Missed calls ⢠Rec eived call s ⢠Dialed calls Note: This function only works in digital networks and only when caller ID is enabled. ⢠CALL LOG OPTIONS When you view the missed calls, receiv ed calls, or dialed calls list, and press Options , the f ollo wing choice s may a ppea r . Note: Not all options w ill appear each tim e. Also, the orde r of options may vary . Choice What it does Call tim e Shows the time when the call was connected. (Y ou must firs t set the phoneâÂÂs clock) Send m essage Allows you t o write a short te xt message t o the person who called you or t o whom y ou called. Edit n umbe r Allows you to edit the displayed number and save it with a name to your contact list. Save Allows you to ent er a name for the number and save both to your con tact li st. Delete Allows you to delete the number from the call list. View num ber Allows you to view th e callerâÂÂs phone number . In order to see this option, the calle râÂÂs name and number mu st be store d in the conta ct list. Call Dials t he numb er from t he cal l log. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 41 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
42 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Call log ⢠CHECK MISSED CALLS If you do not answe r a call, the message Missed c alls appears on your phoneâÂÂs screen, along with the num ber of calls missed. Your phone stores the last ten numbers as sociated with calls you have mis sed. Chec k mis se d call s 1 Press Menu 2-1 ( Call log > Miss ed calls ). The phone displays a list of th e numbers of the calls you missed. 2 Press th e Scroll up or Scroll do wn key to scroll through th e list. 3 Press th e Talk key if yo u want t o dial th e numb er . ⢠CHECK R ECEIVED CALLS Y our phone s tores the last ten n umbers a ssociated with calls that y ou have answered. To che ck this list of numbers: 1 Press Menu 2-2 ( Call log > R eceive d calls ). 2 Scroll th roug h the lis t of receiv ed num bers an d highli ght you r selec tion. 3 Press th e Talk key if yo u want t o dial th e numb er . ⢠CHECK DIAL ED CALLS Y our phone st ores the last t en numb ers assoc iated wi th call s that you ha ve dial ed. To check this list of numbers: 1 Press Menu 2-3 ( Call log > Di aled cal ls ). 2 Scroll throug h the list of dialed numbe rs and highlight your selec tion. 3 Press th e Talk key if yo u want t o dial th e numb er . Clear call lists Y o ur phone use s call lists to track number s for incoming, ou tgoing, and missed calls. You can delete so me or all of the numbers t hat appear in the call l og. Caution: You cannot undo this ope ration. 1 Press Menu 2-4 ( Call log > Clear call lists ). 2 Use th e Scrol l up or Scroll do wn key to s croll through th e options list. The list includ es All , Missed , Received , and Dialed . 3 Stop at the appropriate option and press Selec t . The All opti on clear s ever y numb er in e very li st, wh ereas t he o ther opti ons c lea r only the numbers associated with that option. For exampl e, th e Dial ed option clears only the numbers associa ted with calls you previously dialed. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 42 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 43 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠USE CALL TIMERS Y o ur phone tracks the amount of tim e you spend on each call. T o obtain information about tim e spent on pho ne calls: 1 Press Menu 2-5 ( Call log > C all time rs ). 2 Scroll through the foll owing opti ons : Note: The actual time invoice d for calls by y our servic e provider may vary , depending up on network feature s, rounding-off for bi lling, and so forth. Caution: If you select the Clear timers option, th e action c annot be undone. If you use th e call tim ers to log the amoun t of time spe nt on calls, you may wan t to record the call timer in formation before y ou clear it. Clear call timers 1 Press Menu 2-5-3 ( Call log > Call timers > Clear timers ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . Note: For informa tion on your security co de, see â Unde rstand the securi ty codeâ on page 73. Turn on a current call timer Y ou can se t your phone to show the running elap sed time w hile a call is active. 1 Press Menu 4-2-2 ( Sett ings > C all sett ings > C urren t call ti mer ). 2 Scroll to On and press Select . From this poin t on, the time r is active durin g each c all you make or receive. The time appears on t he phoneâÂÂs screen. 3 After a call has ended, press any key on the phoneâÂÂs keypad to clear the current call time from the screen. Option What it does Duration of last cal l Shows the call duration of the last call. Duratio n of all ca lls Shows the call duration of all calls that h ave been made and receive d since you reset the tim ers. Clear time rs Clears all call timers for th e currently selected phone number . Your phone includes separate ti mers for each number used. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 43 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
44 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Messages 7 Messages Use mob ile mess ages to ke ep in tou ch with fri ends, family and business associates. Y our phone allows you to do the following: ⢠V o ice mail ⢠Send an d recei ve text me ssages ⢠Send and receive picture m essages ⢠Communicate with e-m ail Not all messa ging features a re available in a ll wireless ne tworks. Conta ct your service provider for a vailability an d subscription inform ation. ⢠VOI CE MAI L V o ice mail provides a way for ca llers who miss you to leave a mess age that you can retrieve later . Check for messages Y our phone beeps when you receiv e a voice messag e. Also, the messag e New voi ce message appears on your phoneâÂÂs screen, along with th e icon. If you rece ive m ore th an one voice mail messa ge, you r ph on e m a y s ho w t h e n umber of messages that you have rece ived. The wireless network provider det ermi nes the type of indicatio n you w ill receive. Note: To use voice mail, y ou need to learn the voice mail s ystemâÂÂs various greetings, passwords, and prompts. Your service provider can provide instruction s. Save the voice mailbox number As part of you r networkâ s voice mail feature, y our service provider gives y ou a voice mailbox phone num ber . 1 Press Menu 1-8-2 ( Messages > V oice messages > V oice mailbox number ). 2 Enter your voice mailbox phone num ber , then pre ss OK . Y o ur voice mailbox number can be up to 32 digits long and is used until you change it. Therefore, if y our phone num ber chan ges, the voice mail number w ill probably change also. For further information, co ntact your service provider . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 44 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 45 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Listen to your v oice messages The way you listen to your voice messages depends on your service pro vide r . Call your service provide r if you ha ve any que stions. 1 When your pho ne alert s you to new voic e messag es, pres s Listen and follow the instructions given on the ph one. 2 If you wa nt to listen to your me ssages late r , pres s Exit . 3 To listen to your v oice message s: Press and hold 1 . OR Press Menu 1-8-1 ( Messages > V oice messages > Listen to vo ice messages ). Follow the prompts to review your messages. ⢠T EXT, E-MAIL, AND PICTURE MESSAGES Y ou r phone is capable of a varie ty of messaging services in cluding text messages (SMS or Short Message Servi ce), picture messages, and e-mail messages. Messa ging services are Network Services. Consult y our service prov ider for information on availability , subscribing to an d using messa ging services. Understand messaging Message recipients: The phone to which you send a m essage must support m essages. The reci pient m ay not receiv e the SMS mess age you send if the recipie ntâÂÂs acc ount is with a different service prov ider or uses a different protocol. Mes sage le ngth : The maximu m leng th of a sent or rece ived me ssa ge is 16 0 char acter s. Y ou r phone has space for several messages , depending on the length of each message. The maximum le ngth of a message also may depend on the capabilitie s of the ne twork from which the message originated. Options when working with messages There are sever al opt ions ava ilab le when wo rking wi th text , pictu re, and e-ma il messages. The or der and avail ability of options ma y vary dependi ng on th e messaging function and your service provider . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 45 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
46 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Messages Tip: When writing m essages, you can switch between uppercase and lowercase standard t ext input and uppercase and lowerc ase predictive text input by repeatedly pressing # . Opti on Descr ipt ion Send Attem pts to send th e text m essage t o the recipie nt. Settin gs Allows yo u to set Urgent , Read receipt , Reply req. , and Callback no. options for th e message. Save Saves the me ssage in the ar chive fo lder . Clear text Clea rs the text in the me ssage ed itor . Exit edit or Takes you back to the Writ e message menu. Pred ictiv e text Allows yo u to turn predictive tex t on and off. Inser t word If predicti ve text (T9) is a ctivated, y ou can manually s pell a word an d insert it i nto your m essage. Inser t num ber Allows yo u to insert numbers in to the messa ge. Insert sym bol Allows yo u to acce ss the lis t of special c haracters. Save pi cture Allows yo u to save a picture to the te mplate folder . Match es Lists alterna tive word choices while using predictiv e text. Details Available whe n viewin g a picture mes sage. This option allows you to view t he name and num ber of the sender . Preview Previews your picture messa g e before se nding. Edit t ext Allows yo u to add te xt to a pic ture message . Delete Allows yo u to delete a message . Forward Allows yo u to forward a message. Use number Allows you to use the number as sociated with a m essage. Replay Allows yo u to replay messages y ou receive . Edit r ecip ient Allows yo u to edit the e-mail ad dress. Edit s ubjec t Allows you t o edit the su bject of an e- mail message. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 46 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 47 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Organize messages using folders Y o ur phone has fo lders for managing text messages. Text message folde rs are located under the Messages menu. THE INBOX FOLD ER The inbox store s message s you receive . Messages re main in th e inbox un til you delete them or save them in th e archive folder . Y o u can forward or reply to messages in your inbo x. THE OUTBO X FO LDER The outbox st ores message s you have wri tten, sent, edited, and for ward ed. Messag es in th e outbo x are not save d messag es. As you send new mess ages, old messages will automatically be removed from the outbox. When message mem ory is full, one or more messages of the lowest priority are automatica lly deleted from th e outbox. If you wa nt to save a message you have sent, read the message while it is i n the outbox and use th e options me nu to save it to th e archive folde r . THE ARCHIVE FOLD ER The archi ve folder store s messages you hav e saved. You can save message s to the archive folder from the inbox and the outbox . Y ou can reply to or forward saved messages. DELETE MESSAG ES FROM FOLDERS Y ou can dele te all message s located w ithin a spe cific folder . 1 Press Menu 1-6 ( Mess ages > Delete all ). 2 Scroll to one of the following options, then press Selec t . All rea d Inbox Archiv e Outbox 3 Enter your s ecurity code, then press OK . Note: For informa tion on your security co de, see â Unde rstand the securi ty codeâ on page 73. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 47 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
48 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Messages ⢠TEXT MESSAGES Use your phone to send and re ceive short text messages. Write and send a tex t message When writi ng text messag es, use the pr edictive text method for faster text entry . For details, see âÂÂPre dictive textâ on page 35. 1 Press Menu , select Message s , the n select Write me ssage . The message sc reen appears. 2 Enter a mes sage of up to 160 chara cters. A count er in th e upper r ight corn er of t he screen shows th e number o f characters re maining. 3 When you have fini shed w riting the m essage, press Options , scroll to Send , then p ress Selec t . 4 Enter o r recal l the re cipien tâÂÂs pho ne number , then press Send . Sendin g message appears. Note: When sendin g message s via the SMS net work servic e, your phon e may di spla y the words, Message Sent . This is an in dicat ion that the mess age has been sen t by your p hone to t he message center num ber p rog ramme d into your phone . This is n ot an indica tion that the message h as been received at the inte nded destination. For more details about SMS s ervices, check wi th your service p rovider . Read a text message When y ou rec eive a text message, the ph one beeps an d disp lays Message rec eived and the indicator in the upper left corne r of the screen. 1 Press Read to view t he messa ge. 2 Use the sc roll keys t o view t he whole message , if necessa ry . 3 Once y ouâÂÂve fi nished , press th e End key to return to the s tart screen, or press Options for other choic es, such as Reply or Forward . When th e phone d isplays Message r eceiv ed , pressing Exit move s the new mes sag e to the inbox and returns you to the start scree n. To read the me ssage late r , press Menu 1-3 ( Messages > In box ). If you ha ve more than one new message, scroll t o the mess age you wan t to vi ew . Messages i n the inbox are list ed in the o rder the y are received , with the most recent message list ed first. Unread messages are indicated by . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 48 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 49 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Respond to a text message There are many o ptions available for working with text m essages. For a list of options and their descriptions, see âÂÂOptions wh en working with messagesâ on page 45. REPLY TO THE MESSAGE 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Reply , th en pr ess Selec t . 3 Choose to reply As messag e or As e-mail , th en pr ess Selec t . When replying as e-mail, see â Send an e-mail messageâ on page 51. When replying as message, see âÂÂWrite and send a t ext messageâ on page 48. FORWARD THE ME SSAGE 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Forward , then press Select . 3 Choose to forward As messag e or As e-mail , then press Selec t . When forwarding as e-mail, see â Send an e-mail messageâ on page 5 1. Whe n forwarding as message, see âÂÂWrite and send a text messageâ on page 48. SAVE A MESSAGE 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Save , then press Selec t . The message will be moved to the archive fol der . DELETE A MESSA GE 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Delet e , then press Selec t . Delete mess age? appears. 3 Press OK . WHEN MEMORY IS FULL When messa ge memory is full, one or more messages o f the lowest priority are automatically deleted. Whe n you receive an em ergency message , messages m ay be deleted from any of you r message folders. If you ha ve more mes sages waiting at the network, blinks on t he start screen. Y ou can delete old messages to create space for new messages. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 49 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
50 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Messages ⢠PI CTURE MESSAGES Y ou r phone offe rs five picture m essages that you ca n use to send pic tures and te xt to your friends and family . Y ou can also save a n ew picture by replacing an existing picture. For possible message options, see âÂÂOptions when working with messagesâ on page 45. Each picture messa ge is made up of several text me ssages. Therefore, sending one picture me ssage may c ost more tha n sending o ne text messa ge. Contact y our service provider for pric ing information . Note: This function can be used only if it is support ed by your network operator or service provider . Only phones that offer pic ture message features can receive and display picture messages. Send a picture message 1 Press Menu 1-7 ( Messages > Pict ure Me ssages ). 2 Scroll to the p icture y ou want to send, the n press Show . The picture appears. To choose a different picture, press Back and scroll to another picture. 3 Press Options. Edit t ext appears. 4 Press Select , then add a text m essage to se nd with th e picture. After you en ter the te xt, you have several opt ions. To view a list of possi ble options, see âÂÂOptions when working with messagesâ on page 45. 5 T o send the picture and message, press Options . 6 Scroll to Send , then press Select . 7 Enter o r recal l the re cipien tâÂÂs pho ne number , then press Send . Sendin g message appears. PREVIEW A PICTURE MESSAGE BEFORE SENDI NG After writing text for y our picture m essage, you can preview the me ssage before sending it. 1 Press Options . 2 Scroll to Preview , th en pr ess Select . 3 After viewin g the message, pres s Back . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 50 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 51 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Receive a picture message 1 When your phone displays Pict ure messa ge re ceive d , press Show and the message appears. 2 If the pictu re ha s a text m essage w ith it, s croll up or do wn to see th e entire m essa ge. Save a picture message 1 Press Show to view t he mess age, then press Save . Y ou have the option to replac e a current message. 2 Scroll to the p icture y ou want to delete, the n press Replace . ⢠E-MAIL MESSAGES Y ou can send e-mai l up to 16 0 characters in length to anyone wi th an e-ma il address. This is a Network Service. ⢠Message s sent to you by e-mai l arriv e as regular te xt message s. Y ou can use all the options described earlier to save, reply to, or forward a message. ⢠Contact your service provider to get the e-mail address and gateway number for your phone, and for more information on using e-mail. Send an e-mail message 1 Press Menu 1-2 ( Messages > Write e-mai l ). Note: If you get a prompt asking you to enter your e -mail gateway number , you must obtain this nu mber from your service pr ovider . 2 At the prompt, enter yo ur recipientâÂÂs e-mail address or press Find to look through and select a save d e-mail ad dress from your phone list. 3 Press OK . 4 At the prompt, enter a subject for your e-mail message. (You are not required to enter a subje ct.) 5 Press OK wh en you are fi nished . Note: Predictive text is not availa ble when ent ering an e-ma il address or a subject l ine for your e-ma il. A screen will a ppear allowing y ou to enter the text of y our message. Your total message, in cluding the address and subjec t line, can be u p to 160 characters . There is a running total of re maining ch aracters in th e top right corn er of the screen . 6 After you fi nish en teri ng the te xt of y our e-ma il, pr ess Options , scroll to Send , then p ress Selec t . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 51 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
52 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Messages Receive an e-mail message When you receive an e -mail message, the phone make s a sound and displays Message r eceiv ed and the indicator in the upper left c orner of the screen. T o read the m essage, press Read . When readin g a receive d e-mail mes sage, you can choose othe r options, su ch as Reply and Forward . See âÂÂOptions when working with messagesâ on page 45. Edit an existing e-mail message Edit an e-m ail message by replying t o the message or forwarding it. Y ou can edit messages from any folder . Reply to an e-mail message 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Reply , th en pr ess Selec t . 3 Choose to reply As messag e or As e-mail , th en pr ess Selec t . When replying as e-mail, see â Send an e-mail messageâ on page 51. When replying as message, see âÂÂWrite and send a t ext messageâ on page 48. Forward an e-mail message 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Forward , then press Select . 3 Choose to forward As message or As e-mail , then press Selec t . When forwarding as e-mail, see â Send an e-mail messageâ on page 5 1. Whe n forwarding as a message, see âÂÂWrite and send a text messageâ on page 48. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 52 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 53 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 8 Personalization The Noki a 2200 serie s can be easily c ustomized to fit your lifestyle. The display language, ringing tones, audio, and accessory se ttings (among others) can all be modi fied t o suit your ne eds . Y our phone ha s various profiles which allow you to c ustomize ringing a nd alert tones for different env ironments. Once you m odify the profiles, you can a ct iva t e t he profi le that is appropria te for your s urroundi ngs. Fo r example, yo u c an s ele ct t he Silent profil e while at the movies or the Outdoo r profile when at a sporting event. ⢠PRO FILES Profiles let you set sound s ettings to match your en vir onme nt, wh et her it is a meeting or a s occer ga me . Just pick the pr ofile that suits your current environment: Nor mal , Silen t , Meeting , Outdoor or P ager . Y ou can customize any o f the profile s and s et your own preferences for th e following settings : ⢠Ringing options ⢠Ringing tone ⢠Ringing volume ⢠Message al ert tone ⢠Vibrating alert ⢠Ke ypad tones ⢠Warning tones ⢠Profile name (exce pt for the Normal profile) Importan t: Y ou can select a default profile for each of these accessorie s: Headset , Handsfr ee , an d Loopset . T o learn more about accessories, see âÂÂAccessory settingsâ on page 56. Select a profile 1 Quickly press and release the Po w e r key . 2 Use th e Scroll up or Scroll do wn key to move to the p rofile you wan t to use. Profile names a re highlighted as you scroll th rough them. 3 Press Selec t to activate a profile. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 53 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
54 Copyright é 2003 Nokia P ersonalization Customize a profile 1 Press Menu 3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the p rofile you wa nt to cus tomize, then press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then pre ss Selec t . 4 Use the scroll keys to display each of the profile options. Once you find the option youâÂÂd li ke to customize , press Selec t . SET THE RINGIN G OPTIONS Y o u can choose the type of ring your phone uses to notify you of an incoming c all . This setting d oes not affec t any incomin g text messa ge alert tone s. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Pro file s ). Y ou r phone lists each profile. 2 Scroll to the d esired profile in t he list for which y ou want t o set the ringin g options, and press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Ringing o ptions and press Select . 5 Scroll to one of the ringing options, as described below, and press Select . Ring: The phone rings normally . Ascending: Ringing volume increases (gets louder) if t he phone is no t answered. Ring onc e: The phone rings once to indicate an incoming call. Beep once: The phone be eps once to indicate an incoming call. Silent : The phone m akes no sound. SET THE RINGIN G TONE The ri nging tone is the so und yo ur phone makes when you recei ve a ca ll. Y our pho ne contains preprogram med ring ing tones. Y ou can s et the rin ging tone to a s pecif ic soun d or tun e to p ers onali ze how the phone ring s. Y ou can also add custom ringing ton es to you r phone. See âÂÂDownload a rin ging tone â on page 78 for m ore informat ion. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Pro file s ). Y ou r phone lists each profile. 2 Scroll to the p rofile fo r which you want to set the ringing tone, the n press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Ringin g tone and press Selec t . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 54 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 55 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 5 Scroll throug h the op tions when y ou hear th e tone you want, pres s Selec t . Note: If you have already chosen a ringing option of either Silen t or Beep once , the ringing tones are already t urned off. See â Set the ringing optionsâ on page 54 fo r d et ai ls . As y ou scro ll th roug h the ring ing to nes, y ou c an lis ten to a sam ple of each if your c urrent ringing option is not se t to Silent . SET THE RINGIN G VOLUME Set the default ri nging volum e for incoming voice calls and message a le rt to ne s. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Pro file s ). 2 Scroll to the prof ile you will set a nd press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then pre ss Selec t . 4 Scroll to Ring ing vo lume and press Select . 5 Scroll through t he options. W hen you hear the righ t volume l evel, press Select . SET THE MESSAGE ALER T TONE Set your phone t o use a certain t one to in dicate an incom ing text m essage. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the p rofile fo r which you want to set the message alert tone and press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Message alert tone , then press Select . 5 Scroll throug h the tone s elections. The phone plays samples of each select ion as you s croll to it. 6 When you find the tone you wa nt, press Select . SET A VIBRATING A LERT Se t your phone t o vibrate to indic ate an incomin g call. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the p rofile fo r which you want to set the vibrating a lert and press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then pre ss Selec t . 4 Scroll to Vibratin g alert and press Select . 5 Scroll to On and press OK . The phone does no t vibrate when it is conne cted to or placed in any charging device. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 55 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
56 Copyright é 2003 Nokia P ersonalization SET KEYPAD TONES Ke ypad tones se t the vol ume of the to ne you he ar when you pr ess phon e keys. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Pro file s ). 2 Scroll to the profile for which you want to set the keypad tones and press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then pre ss Selec t . 4 Scroll to Keyp a d to ne s and press Selec t . 5 Scroll to one of the levels and press Select . ⢠If you ch oose Off , no keypad tones are heard. ⢠If you cho se the Silent profi le in step 2, the key pad tones a re turned off. SET THE WARNING TO NES Warning t ones include the sounds your phone makes during error conditions, d uring confirm ations, whe n the batter y is lo w , and when you need to recharge the batt ery . 1 Press Menu 3 ( Pro file s ). 2 Scroll to the p rofile fo r which you want to set the warning ton es, then press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Warning t ones , then pre ss Selec t . 5 Scroll to On or Off and press Selec t . Rena me a p rofi le 1 Press Menu 3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the d esired profile, then pre ss Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then pre ss Selec t . 4 Scroll to Profile n ame , then press Selec t . 5 Enter the n ew name an d press OK . Note: Y ou canno t rename the Norma l profile. Accessory settings Use you r phon e with thes e Nokia acces sories : ⢠Headse t (HDC-5 , HDE-2, HDB- 5, and HDC-1 0) ⢠Handsfree Car Kit (CARK-125, CARK-134 and PPH-1) ⢠Loopset (LPS-3) ⢠TTY/TDD Adapter (HDA- 9) 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 56 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 57 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Note: Y ou can se lect a default profile that will b e associa ted with e ach access ory , such as Normal . However , the Acce ssory se ttings menu will not appear until after an accessory has be en connected to the phon e at least once . SET UP THE LOOPSET When you want to u se the loopset, you will have to activa te the accessory setting. 1 Attach th e loopset to the pho ne. 2 Press Menu 4-4-3 ( Setting s > Acc essory s ettings > Loopset ). 3 Scroll to Use loop set , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Ye s , then press Selec t . AUTOM ATIC ANSWER This feature le ts your phone answer incom ing calls after just one rin g when a n accessory is connected to the phone. 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Setting s > Acce ssory settin gs ). 2 Scroll to Headset , Handsfree , or Loopset , th en pr ess Selec t . 3 Scroll to Automati c answer , then press Selec t . 4 Scroll to On and press Selec t . SET THE LIGH TS (CAR KIT ONLY ) When you r phone is conn ected to a car kit, you have a choice of having the phone lights on ( a) continuous ly or (b) on ly when y ou use it. 1 Pres s Menu 4-4-2-3 ( Setting s > Ac cessory settin gs > Han dsfree > Ligh ts ). 2 Choose one of the follo wing options, then press OK : On : The ligh ts will rem ain on wh ile the pho ne is connec ted to the car kit. Autom atic : The ligh ts will be turned on only when th e phone is being u sed. SET THE DEFAULT PROFIL E When you use the headset, car kit or loopset, you hav e the option of select ing a default profile. Y ou can use the currently sele cted profile (for example, Norma l ) or you can choose from the list. 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Setting s > Acce ssory settin gs ). 2 Scroll to Headset , Handsfree or Loopset , then press Sele ct . 3 Scroll to Default pr ofile , then pre ss Select . 4 Scroll to the p rofile you wa nt, then pre ss Select . Note: The Active profile uses the cu rrent profile sett ing you have selected for your phone. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 57 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
58 Copyright é 2003 Nokia P ersonalization Set the display language Y ou can choose your phoneâÂÂs display langu age. 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setting s > Phone settings > L angua ge ). 2 Scr oll to the langu age y ou wa nt, th en pr ess Selec t . Set the clock Y our phone contains a real- time clock th at can be set two different w ays: the c lock can use t he time informa tion provided by the wireles s system or it can be se t manually . Once the time is s et, you can display the clock on the star t screen. For added co nven ience , the cl ock i s conn ected to an al arm cl ock. See âÂÂUse th e alarm clockâ on page 75 for additional information. SELECT THE TIM E FORMAT Y ou can choose w hether yo ur clock s hows tim e in an a m/pm forma t or a 24-hour forma t. 1 Press Menu 4-1-2-3 ( Settin gs > Time sett ings > Clock > Tim e format ). 2 Scroll to 24-hour or am/pm and pre ss Selec t . SET THE CLOCK USI NG AM/PM FORM AT 1 Press Menu 4-1-2-2 ( Settin gs > Time settings > Cloc k > Set the time ). 2 Enter the ti me using an hh:mm format and press OK . For exam ple, to s et your clock to 8:40 , enter 08:40 . 3 Scroll to am or pm and press Select . Note: Eve n if you have selec ted t he am/pm format, you can still set the clock in the 24-hour format. SET THE CLO CK USING 24-HOU R FORMAT 1 Press Menu 4-1-2-2 ( Settin gs > TIme settings > Cloc k > Set the time ). 2 Enter the ti me using an hh:mm format and press OK . For exampl e, to set your cloc k to 8:40, enter 08:40 (for am) or 20:40 (for pm) . 3 Press OK . Automatic update of time Set your phon e to update the time from the ne twork when you turn the phone on. If the clock in you r phone is 30 seconds or more off the network time, the phone will autom atically upda te to reflect the netw ork time. Note: Auto update time is a n etwork depende nt featu re. Contac t your service provider for de tails and av ailability . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 58 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 59 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 1 Press Menu 4-1-3 ( Sett ings > Time sett ings > Auto upd ate of time ). 2 Scroll to one of the following options, then press Selec t . On : Updates th e time a utomatically . Conf irm firs t : Requires you to confirm that you want the update. You can accept or decline th e update. Off : Preven ts the tim e from being au tomatically u pdated. Display the clock 1 Press Menu 4-1-2 ( Setting s > T ime setti ngs > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Hide c lock or Show c lock (only one c hoice appears, depending on the current set ting). 3 Press Selec t . Add a welcome note Y ou can add a w elcom e note that y our phon e display s briefly ea ch time y ou turn it on . 1 Press Menu 4-3-3 ( Setting s > Phone settings > Welc ome note ). 2 Enter a note, then press Options . 3 Scroll to Save , then press Selec t . To dele te the welcome note, follow steps 1-2, scro ll to Delete , then press Select . Restore factory settings If you have made cha nges to your phoneâ s profiles (settings), you can re store them to their original or factory settings. The memory , timers, language selection , and security code are not re set. Howev er , profile a nd accessory s ettings are reset. 1 Press Menu 4-3-4 ( Settings > Ph one set tings > Resto re factory setting s ). 2 At the prompt, ente r your five-digit security code and press OK . See âÂÂUnderstand the security code â on page 73. for more information. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 59 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
60 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features 9 Advanced calling features This chapte r covers advan ced calling featu res, including: ⢠Options availa ble while in a call ⢠Managing two calls at the same time ⢠Network services, such as call forwarding Not all features t hat are described are availabl e in all wireless networks. Contact your service provider for avai lability of ne twork services. ⢠UNDERSTAND ACTIVE-C ALL OPTIONS Your phone allow s you to use a nu mber of feat ures during a call; how ever , you m ay not b e able to use al l optio ns at a ll time s. Also , the or der of in -cal l option s may vary . Note: Many in-call options are ne twork dependent feature s. To u se t hes e options, you may need to c ontact your service provider . During a call, press Options to see the in-call menu choices: Access menus Y ou can access your ph oneâÂÂs m enus wh ile in a ca ll. 1 Press Options . 2 Scroll to Menu , th en pr ess Selec t . To ex it th e menus , press Exit . Note: Do not press the End ke y to e xit t he men us o r you w ill end yo ur c all . Menu Opti ons What it does Lock keys Allows you t o lock the ph oneâÂÂs keypad during a call. Mute Mutes the phon eâÂÂs microphone. This opt ion can affect the microp hones of ac cessorie s connecte d to the phon e. End all calls Ends all activ e calls. Touch to nes Sends touch tones. New c all Allows you t o make a ca ll while you ha ve a ca ll in progress. Menu Allows you t o access the menus. Contacts Allows you t o access the contact list . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 60 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 61 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Make a new call To make a ne w call w hile already in a ca ll, dial the number , then pre ss the Tal k key . End all calls Press the End key . Access the contact list Y ou can a ccess informa tion in the contact list during a call. 1 Press Options . 2 Scroll to Contacts , th en pr ess Select . Save a name and/or number Y ou can sav e a name a nd number du ring a call. 1 Enter the n umber you w ant to s ave. 2 Press Options , scroll to Contacts , then press Selec t . 3 Scroll to Add new , then pr ess Selec t . Add the name and number a s you norma lly would. Mute the phoneâÂÂs microphone While in a c all, you can m ute the phoneâÂÂs m icrophone. Press Options , scroll to Mute , pre ss Selec t . Use conference call While in a c all, you can call anoth er number t o add a third party to the ca ll. Note: Conference ca lling is a provide r dependent feat ure. Contact y our service provider for a vailability and details. CONFERENCE A CA LL 1 While in a call, you can either dial the n umber you want to ad d and press the Tal k key . OR Press Options , scroll to New c all , pre ss Selec t , enter the phone number , and press OK . 2 When th e third p arty answ ers, p ress the Tal k key to connec t all thre e parti es. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 61 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
62 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features DISCO NNECT T HIRD P ARTY While all three pa rties are con nected, pres sing the Tal k key d isconne cts the third caller , k eeping the second party âÂÂs call activ e. DISCO NNECT S ECOND P ARTY If you w ish to dis connect with the se cond party a nd remain connecte d to the third party , have th e second party terminate the call on h is/her end. RECALL A NUMB ER FROM THE CO NTACT LIST DURI NG A CALL If yo u donâÂÂt r emember the n umber of th e second party you want to i nclude in the conference and the nu mber is in your contac t list, you can recall the n umber . 1 To access the contact list, pres s Options , scroll to Contacts , and press Select . 2 Follow the prompts to find the num ber as you normally would. 3 Locate th e number i n your co ntact list , then press Select . The num ber appe ars in the nu mber pr ompt. 4 Press OK to call the number . END A CONFERENC E CALL To end all calls, press th e End key . ⢠USE VOICE PRIVACY The voice privacy f eature encr ypts the voice ch annel so th at people ca nnot eave sdrop on your phone conversations. Note: V oice privacy is a network dependent feature. Contact your se rvice provider for more information on this feature. TURN V OICE P RIV ACY O N/OF F 1 Press Menu 4-6-1 ( Settings > Network s ervic es > V oice pr ivacy ). 2 Scroll to On or Off and press Selec t . During a ca ll, voice privacy be comes a ctive and notifies you with a beep . A notification message also appears on the screen. If you turn this feature on and voice privacy become s inactive, your phone beeps and displays V oice pr ivacy not ac tive . Note: Use caution when sen ding confident ial information, if voice priva cy is not active . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 62 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 63 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠USE CA LL FORWARDING With call forwarding, you can forward in coming calls t o another ph one number . Before you can use call forwarding, yo u must first s tore the feature code s. Once call forwarding has been activa ted, Call forwarding appears as a menu option. Note: Call forwarding is a netw ork-dependent feature. Some netwo rk s require that ca ll forwarding be act ivated man ually. Co nta c t y o ur se rv ic e provider for availa bility and full details. Learn about call forwarding feature codes Y o ur network re quires separate codes for acti vating and can celling the va rious types of call forwarding. Your carrier can provide you with the ne cessary feature codes for these network services. Once you store the se feature codes in yo ur phone, they are sent automa tically t o th e network when y ou select one of the call forwarding options from your phoneâÂÂs menu. Your phone can store the follow ing types of feature codes: Store the call forwarding fe ature code Before you can activate call forwardin g, you must con tact your service prov ider to obtain the feature codes. 1 Press Menu 4-6-5 ( Settin gs > Ne twork servi ces ). 2 Enter the feature co de your service provider gave you , then press OK . 3 Scroll to Call forwarding and press Select . Option Wha t it does Forwar d all calls Forwards inc oming calls to t he number you specify . Forward if busy Forwards inc oming calls when you a re in a call. Forward if not answered Forwards inc oming calls to a nother nu mber when you are unable t o answe r . Forward if ou t of reach Forwards inc oming calls to another nu mber when th e phone is out of the netw ork or switched off. Cance l all call forw ardi ng Cancels a ll active call forw arding options . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 63 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
64 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features 4 Scroll to the call forw arding option you w ant and press Select . 5 Scroll to Activate and press Select . Activate/cancel call forwarding After you stor e the corre ct featu re cod es, yo u can a ctivate (or cance l) call forwarding as follows: 1 Press Menu 4-6-2 ( Settings > Network servi ces > Call forw ardin g ). 2 Scroll to the desired call forw arding option, then press Selec t . 3 Highlight Activa te and press Select . 4 Enter the n umber to wh ich you want your calls forwarded or press Find to recall a numbe r from the con tact list. 5 Press OK . Note: When cance ling call forw arding, follow ste ps 1 and 2. ⢠USE CALL WAITING During a call, call waiting beep s to let you know that someone else is call ing yo u. Depending on your caller ID setup, the phone might also display the number of the incoming ca ll. Once call waitin g has been activated, Call wa iting appears as a menu option. Note: Call waiting is a netw ork-dependent feature . In some ne tworks t he cal l waiting code must be ac tivated manua lly. Contact y our service prov ider for availability and fu ll details. Store the call waiting feature code 1 Press Menu 4-6-5 ( Settings > Network services > Network feature setting ). The Feature c ode pr ompt ap pears. 2 Enter t he featur e code issu ed by your service pro vider an d press OK . 3 Scroll to Call w aiting and press Selec t . 4 Scroll to Activate and press Select . Activate call waiting 1 Press Menu 4-6-3 ( Settings > Netw ork serv ices > Call waitin g ). 2 Scroll to Activate and press Selec t . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 64 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 65 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Manage calls Call wait ing works with both local a nd long distan ce calls. ⢠T o answer an incoming call, press the Tal k key . ⢠T o switc h from one call to anot her , press the Tal k key . ⢠T o end both calls, press the End key . ⢠USE SEND OWN CALLER ID This feature allo ws you to block caller ID whe n you call some one (your numbe r will not be display ed on their c aller ID). This feature is only effective wh en callin g a number equipped with caller ID. Note: This feature is available only when supported by the w ireless network and may not function if you are roaming. Importan t: This feature works on a call-by-call basis . Y ou must enable this feature each tim e you want to block t he sending of y our own num ber to the rec ipien tâÂÂs call er ID. STORE THE FEATUR E CODE Before you can us e the Send ow n calle r ID call featu re, you mu st stor e the fea ture codes for activating this fe ature. Once the code is stored in your phone , it is sent automatica lly to the netwo rk when yo u select this option from you r phoneâÂÂs menu. 1 Press Menu 4-6-5 ( Settings > Network services > Network feature setting ). The Feature code prompt appears. 2 Enter the feature co de issued by your service provider and press OK . 3 Scroll to Send o wn calle r ID , press Select , then selec t Ye s . PLACE A CA LL WI THO UT SE NDIN G YO UR NU MBER 1 Press Menu 4-6-4 ( Settin gs > Networ k servic es > Send own calle r ID ). 2 Scroll to No , th en pr ess Selec t . 3 Enter the desired phone number , then press OK or press Find to recall a phone number from the contact list. The phone automatically inserts the feature code into the dialing s tring and dials the ph one number . The phon e you are calling will n ot display your pho ne number throu gh caller I D. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 65 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
66 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features ⢠SELECT A PHONE NUMBER Y our s ervi ce provi der progr ams your phon e number and system inf ormat ion into your phoneâÂÂs memory when your phone is first ac tivated. Y our phone can h old up to three numbers. Thi s means that your phone can b e activated in three different servi ce area s. For example , your phone could be a ctiv ated in Dall as, Chicag o, and N ew Y ork. Each service area wo uld assign a differ ent p hone nu mb er o r ac cou nt to your ph on e. Y ou must sele ct a phone nu mber for yo ur home syst em. Only one ph one number can be ac tive at a time. If you trav el outsid e your ho me syste m, you ca n choo se another numbe r . One pho ne number is usually enou gh if your servic e provider has service or roam ing agreements for each area in which yo u wish to use your phon e. Conta ct yo ur se rvice prov ider fo r det ails. Note: Phone number selecti on is a network dependent feature. Some networks may not support more than on e number. Contact you r service provider for availa bility and full details. Select the phone number 1 Press Menu 4-6-6 ( Sett ings > Netw ork s ervices > Own numbe r se lectio n ). 2 Scroll to the phone number you w ant and press Selec t . Note: The fir st phon e number on this list is selec ted. Y ou need at least one active number to ma ke calls. You cannot change from on e phone number to another durin g a call. ⢠USE AUTOM ATIC REDIAL There are times when you may not be able t o place a ca ll (for example, due to the high volume of traffic on the w ireless network ). When the w ireless ne twork is busy or unavailable, Automat ic redial instructs y our phone to re try the c all. ACTIVATE A UTOMATIC RE DIAL 1 Press Menu 4-2-1 ( Settin gs > Call settin gs > Automatic redial ). 2 Scroll to On and press Selec t . If the syst em is busy , your phone makes three ad ditional call attempts . If you want to stop th e autom atic r edial p rocess before t he las t attemp t, pre ss the End key or Quit . Importan t: This fe ature does not a utomatically retry a num ber when the number you are calling i s busy . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 66 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 67 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠USE 1-TOUCH DIALING You can assign a na me from your contact lis t to a 1-touch dial location , using your phoneâÂÂs keys 2-9. ( The 1 key is us ed exclusiv ely to dial you r voice ma ilbox.) Once assigned, the phone nu mber you associate with that key is dialed automatical ly when you press an d hold th e ke y. Assign a key to 1-touch dialing 1 Press Contacts , scro ll to 1-touc h diali ng and press Selec t . 2 Scroll to a n umber that ha s the m essage (emp ty) and press Assign . 3 Scroll to the n ame and n umber to wh ich you want to as sign this ke y and press Selec t . Repeat ste ps 1-3 time s as many times as nec essary . 4 To call a number using 1-touch dialing, press and hold the appropriate key for a few seco nds. Change 1-touch dialing nu mbers Y ou can change the 1-t ouch dialing key assignments at any time. 1 Press Contacts , scro ll to 1-touc h diali ng , and press Select . 2 Scroll to the key yo u want to ch ange and press Options . 3 Scroll to Change and press Select . 4 Scroll throug h the conta ct list until y ou reach the new nu mber you want to select and press Select . Delete 1-touch dialing numbers Y ou can delete 1-touch dialing ke y assignme nts at an y time. 1 Press Contacts, scroll to 1-to uch dia ling and press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to the key yo u want to del ete and press Options . 3 Scroll to Delet e , press Select , then p ress OK . ⢠SET TOUCH TONE STRINGS Y our phone allow s you to cr eate special s ets of numbe rs known as touch tone strings which will dial a se ries of digits a fter a âÂÂwa itâ or a âÂÂpau se.â For example , you can progra m your phone to s end your account number whil e you are bank ing by phone. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 67 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
68 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features Y ou must be in the mode to enter thes e chara cters. Ente r the numbe rs as usual. When you want to insert the special charact ers, press * repeatedly to switc h amo ng * , , p, w characters. Note: Use caution when sen ding confident ial information, if voice priva cy is not active. Set manual touch tones 1 Press Menu 4-3-2-1 ( Sett ings > P hone sett ings > To uch ton es > Manual touc h ton es ). 2 Select one of the follow ing options, then press Select : Cont inuous : Sound s tone for as long as you press and ho ld a key . Fixed: Sets the tone length t o 0.1 second, regar dless o f how l ong you pr ess a k ey . Off: Turns off the tones. No tone s are sent. Set touch tone length Y ou can also set the len gth of each touch tone. 1 Press Menu 4-3-2-2 ( Setting s > Phone setti ngs > T ouch to nes > Touc h tone le ngt h ). 2 Use th e Scroll up or Scroll d own key to scroll to Short or Long . Short sets the tone le ngth to 0.1 seco nd. Long sets the t one le ngth to 0.5 secon d. 3 Press Selec t . Character Acti on p Creates a pause when a number is dialed. T he numbers you enter a fter thi s speci al char acter are autom atically sent as touch to nes after a 2 .5-secon d pause. w Creates a wait whe n a number is dialed. This means th at your phone w aits for you to press the le ft selection key before it sends the num ber as t ouch tones . * Sends com mand strin gs to the n etwork. Con tact your service provider for de tails. Use this c haracter to link a 1-tou ch dialing numbe r to a number in the cont act list. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 68 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 69 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Store touch tone strings Y ou can store touch tone strings the same wa y that yo u store names and numbers in your con tact list. Y ou can store an entire sequence of digits and send it as tou ch tones for freque ntly used strings of numbers. STORE TOUCH TONE ST RINGS WITH PHONE NUMBER S 1 Enter the ph one numbe r that you want ass ociated w ith a tou ch tone. 2 Enter the to uch tone character w here n eeded (p, w, or * ). 3 Enter the to uch tone s tring. 4 Stor e the nu mber as y ou norma lly wo uld. SEND A TOUCH TONE STR ING 1 Pres s Menu 4-3-2-1 ( Settin gs > Pho ne setti ngs > T ouch tone s > Manual touc h ton es ). 2 Make s ure that the setting is not set to Off . If not set to Off ., scroll to one of the oth er options and press Selec t . 3 Dur ing y our ca ll, p ress Option s , scroll to Touch ton es , and press Selec t . 4 Enter the to uch tone s tring or recall th e string from the co ntact list, then press OK . If you se nd touch tone s while in the ana log mode, be ca reful not to send confidential inform ation. ⢠LINK CONTACT LI ST ENTRIES This f eature allo ws you to st ore a phone numb er in o ne con tac t list loca tion an d lin k it to anothe r contact lis t entry . For example, linkin g the phone num ber of an automated serv ice (for example, automated b anking servic e) with a touch to ne string e ntry in your contact list (exam ple: acco unt and PI N numbers) automati cally recalls and sends the touch tone string when you call the se rvice. USE LINK ING OPTIONS 1 Store the tou ch tone string into your conta ct list. 2 Assign the conta ct list entry wi th the touch tone s to a one-touch dialin g loca tion (example: location 3). For mo re i nf orma tio n o n 1 -tou ch dial in g, see âÂÂUse 1 -touch dialingâ on page 67. 3 Edit the au tomated service âÂÂs phone nu mber by adding n to th e end of th e phone number (wh ere n is the 1-tou ch dialing loc ation). Example: 214-555-1234 3 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 69 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
70 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features 4 Press OK to sa ve you r chang es. 5 Dial the automated se rvice number from your con tact list. Y our phone a utomatic ally sends the touch tones when the c all connec ts. Note: Y ou may n eed to ente r a pause (p) or a w ait (w) before the in order to accoun t for delays in the automate d system ans wering your call (for example, 2 1 4-555-12 34p 3 ). ⢠SELECT A SYSTEM Y our phon e can ope rate in resi dent ial, p riva te, and publ ic sys tems (such as your home system). Y ou can choose how your phone selects a network to use. Y our phone may not sh ow the op tions de scrib ed here. For in form ation, contact your serv ice pr ovider . Search for a network Press Menu 5 ( Syste m ). Y ou have t he following t hree options: ⢠Auto mati c: Y our phone automatical ly searches for available networks and choose s the appropriate one. Every time y ou turn o n your phon e, it r esets to Automati c . ⢠Manual: The phone sear ches for ne tworks and then shows a list of the ones that are available. If an availabl e network is found, Available: appears on the scr een, followed b y the name o f the ne twork. T o choose t he network listed, pr ess OK . ⢠New sea rch: Y our phone begins a new search for both private and residential syst ems. When it f inds the b est sys tem av ail able, th e phon e show s the syst em name. If the phone doesnâÂÂt find anothe r system, the question P erform an extended search? will appear . Press OK if you wis h to con tinue searc hing. Select a public system When you t ake your pho ne outside it s home system, the phone is sai d to be roamin g . The phone ca n search for home -type syst ems (that is, systems of the same type as your home system). Or , the phone can sea rch for non-home-t ype syst ems. Y ou r service provider programs a list of preferred systems into your phone . Thes e are syst ems with which your service provider h as roaming agreemen ts. Your ph one looks for thes e systems w hen youâÂÂre ro aming. Note: The options described here may not be availab le for your phone. Contact you r service provider for i nformation. 1 Press Menu 4-6-7 ( Sett ings > Net work s ervices > Public sy stem selec tion ) to tell your phone how to cho ose a public system (network). Y our selection remains a ctive unt il you change it. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 70 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 71 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 2 Scroll to one of the following options, then press Selec t . Any syst em: When servic e is not av ailab le in yo ur hom e sy stem , the phone searches f or a preferred syst em of eit her type and then s earc hes fo r a hom e- type syst em. Then it searche s for a non home-type sy stem. The sea rch continues until yo ur phone finds a syste m that can be used. Home type: When serv ice is not a vailable in yo ur home sys tem, the phon e sear ches for a home -typ e syst em firs t. Howe ver , if a non home- type sy stem is found, your ph one will use that system. Nonhom e type : The phone searches for a nonhome-type system only . The home-t ype system is not us ed. Home only: The phone uses only its home system. It will not roam. Select digital or analog Y ou r phone can w ork in both digital and analog modes. Th e default mode is b oth digital a nd analog , which ap pears on your phon e as Digital & analog when you press Menu 4-6-8 ( Settings > Network ser vices > Digital/analog selection ). The menu option s for choosing the m ode you prefer are : â¢D i g i t . & ana log â¢A n a l o g â¢D i g i t a l Y o ur phone uses both digital and analog voice c hannels. The phone alw ays tries to find a digital voice channel first, but i f a digital voice channe l is not a vail able, the phone looks for an analo g voice channel. Note: This feature is availa ble only for certain phon es. Contact yo ur service provider for more information. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 71 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
72 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Security 10 S e c u r i t y Y ou r phone is equipped w ith different security features that allow you to do the following: ⢠Avoid makin g accidenta l calls ⢠Preve nt unau thorized use rs from ch anging c ertain fea ture s ettings o n your phon e ⢠Restrict outgo ing or incom ing calls ⢠USE KEYGUARD Keyguard disables your keypad to p reve nt acc iden tal key presses. LOC K THE KEY PAD T o lock t he keys , pres s Menu the n * . UNLOCK THE KEY PAD To unlock th e keys, press Unloc k then * . Note: When Keyguard is on, calls may be possible to emergency numbers (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergen cy number). K ey in the emergenc y number and press the Tal k key . The n umber is display ed only after you have keyed in its last digit. Answer a call while K eyguard is active Y ou can answe r calls whe n Keyguard is activa ted by pre ssing Answe r or the Tal k key . If you are connected to a headset or loopset, press and hold the End key to en d the call. NOTES ABOUT KE YGUARD ⢠After you en d the call, Keyguard automatically becomes a ctive agai n. ⢠If you need th e phoneâÂÂs ligh ts while Keyguard is on, press the Po w e r key to quickly switc h the lights on for 15 s econds. ⢠Connecting your phone to a car kit a utomatically disables Keyguard. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 72 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 73 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠UNDERSTAND THE SECURITY CODE The Securit y code prev ents unaut horized users fro m changing certain importa nt feature settings o n your phone. Whe n the phone re quires this code, it displays a prompt asking you t o enter a Security cod e. The five-digit default Se curity code that come s with yo ur phone is 12 345. Nok ia recomm ends tha t you change the default code immediate ly . Note: If you enter an incorrec t security code five times in a row , the phon e will not accept t he correct code for 5 minutes. Change your security code 1 Press Menu 4-5-2 ( Sett ings > Secur ity sett ings > C hang e s ecuri ty c ode ). 2 At the Secur ity code prompt, enter your five-digit default secu rity code (12345) or your cu rrent security code and press OK . 3 At the Enter ne w se curi ty co de prompt, enter you r new five -digit securit y code and press OK . 4 At the V erify new secu rity c ode promp t, enter your n ew secu rity code again and press OK . The confirmation Securit y code changed app ear s. Ke e p y o u r s e c u r it y c o d e s e c r e t a n d s t o r e d i n a s a f e p l a c e a wa y f r o m y o u r p h o n e . I f you have changed your security code and donâÂÂt remembe r the new code, contact your service provider . ⢠RES TRICT CALLS Y ou can creat e your own list of res trictions to res trict incom ing and outgoin g calls. To re strict the calls, you apply the appropriate restriction as desired. The maximum number o f call res trictions you can d efine is ten. Before you define restrictions for outgoing calls, Add res tricti on is the only available option. After you use th e Add res trictio n option to add at least one restriction, the fol lowing options become available: ⢠Selec t : Allows you to se lect ca ll rest rictio ns from t he outg oing ca lls list . ⢠Add res tricti on : Allows you to add a ne w restriction. ⢠Edit : Allows you t o edit an ex isting call restric tion. ⢠Delete : Allows you to delete an e xisting call restriction. Note: When calls are restricted, calls may be possible t o the emergency number programmed in to your phone (for example, 91 1 or other official emergency n umber). For example, y ou could dial 9 1 1 and press the Ta lk key . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 73 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
74 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Security Add a number to the call restricti on list 1 Press Menu 4-5-1-1 ( Setting s > Se curit y settin gs > Call rest rictio ns > Restrict outgoin g calls ). 2 Enter your s ecurity code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict out going calls , th en pr ess Selec t . 4 Scroll to Add re stricti on and press Selec t . 5 At the num ber prompt, enter the n umber you wa nt to restrict, and press OK . For ex ample , if you want to re stric t all long dista nce cal ls tha t begin with 1, enter 1 . If you w ant to rest rict all calls that begin with 972, enter 972. 6 Enter a name for the restriction, t hen press OK . If you pre ss OK without e ntering a na me, the nu mber will be used. Restrict outgoing calls 1 Press Menu 4-5-1-1 ( Setting s > Se curit y settin gs > Call rest rictio ns > Restrict outgoin g calls ). 2 Enter your s ecurity code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict out going calls , th en pr ess Selec t . 4 Scroll to Select to choose from your list of c all restrictions. To deactivate a call restriction, hi ghlight the rest riction and press Unmar k . 5 Scroll to the re striction y ou want t o activate and press Mark . 6 Press Back . 7 At Save ch anges? , pre ss Ye s . To return to the start scree n, press the End key . Restrict all incoming calls 1 Press Menu 4-5-1-2 ( Setting s > Se curit y settin gs > Call rest rictio ns > Rest rict inc omin g cal ls ). 2 Enter your s ecurity code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to Restr ict inco ming ca lls , then press Selec t . 4 Press Mark to restrict a ll incoming c alls. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 74 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 75 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 1 1 Special features This se ction descri bes several special featu res, incl uding transm ission of busines s cards, downloading ringing tones, using t he calculator and setting the alarm clock. ⢠USE THE ALARM CLOCK The alarm clock feature is based on your phoneâÂÂs internal clock and sounds an alert at a tim e you spe cify . Th e alarm clock w orks e ven if you turn you r phon e off. Set the alarm clock 1 Press Menu 4-1-1 ( Setting s > T ime setti ngs > Alarm clock ). 2 Enter the ala rm time in hh:mm format, then press OK . Step 3 is n ecessary onl y if you have selecte d am/pm format. 3 Select either am or pm , then pr ess Selec t . Respond to the alarm At th e tim e of t he ala rm, t he pho ne so unds an alert tone. Pressing Stop or the End key stops th e alarm from sounding, and returns yo u to the start s creen. SNOOZING There are sever al ways you can enable th e Snooze feature: 1 Press th e Snooz e selection k ey . 2 Press an y key exc ept the End key . 3 Allow the ala rm to sound for one minut e. Once snooze is enabled, the alarm will s ound again in te n minutes . If you press Stop or the End key while snoozing, the al arm will be turn ed off. Alarm when phone power i s off If the alarm tim e is reached wh ile the phone is off, the phon e switches its elf on and starts sounding the alar m tone. If you press Stop , the phone asks whether y ou want to activate the phone for calls. Press No to switch off the phone or Yes to make and receive calls. Note: Do not press Ye s when wireless phone use is prohibited or wh en it may cause inte rference or danger . Turn off the alarm clock 1 Press Menu 4-1-1 ( Setting s > T ime setti ngs > Alarm clock ). 2 Scroll to Off and press Selec t . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 75 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
76 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Special features ⢠USE THE CA LCULATOR The calcula tor adds, subtract s, multiplies, div ides and conve rts currencies. 1 Press Menu 7 ( Calculator ) 2 Enter the first n umber in the calculatio n. To enter a decima l point, press # . Press Clear to delete any mist akes. 3 Press Options and scroll to Add, Subt ract, Mu ltiply , or Div ide . Press OK . Based upon th e type of ca lculat ion, you also ca n use the f ollowing shortcu t keys: 4 Enter the s econd num ber in the c alculation a nd press Options . Equal s appears. 5 Press OK . 6 Rep eat s teps 2-6 as ma ny tim es a s nece ss ary . Y ou r phone must be switche d on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wirele ss phone use is prohibite d or when it may c ause interferen ce or danger . Note: This calculator h as a limite d accuracy and rounding errors m ay occur , especially in long divisions. Convert currency Y ou can use the calculator fu nction to set an ex change rate and the n calcu late prices based on that e xchange rate. SET THE EXCHANGE RATE 1 Press Menu 7 ( Calculator ), then pres s Options . 2 Scroll to Exchang e rate , press OK and select one of the following option s: ⢠Forei gn un its co nver ted to home units â allows you to en ter the nu mber of foreign units to a domestic u nit. ⢠Hom e unit s conve rted to fo reign unit s â allows you to en ter the nu mber of domestic units to a foreign unit. If you want to ... Press... add â (for symbol) subt ract âÂÂâ twice (for - symbol) multip ly âÂÂâÂÂâ (for * symbol) divid e âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ (for / symbol) 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 76 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 77 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 3 Press OK , enter the appropriate exchange rate (press # to enter a de cimal point) and press OK . The initial de fault of 1 is ove rwritten by any number you enter an d the Rate save d confirmation appears. CONV ERT A CURR ENCY AMO UNT 1 Press Menu 7 ( Calculator ). 2 Enter the amount wh ich you wish to convert. 3 Press Options and scroll to one of the fo llowing options: ⢠To h o m e â conve rts visited u nits of curre ncy to home units us ing the excha nge rate. ⢠To f o re i g n â conve rts home units of currency to vis ited unit s using the excha nge rate. 4 Press OK . ⢠BUSINESS CARDS Y ou r phone can send or rece ive electronic business cards consisting of a name, phone numbe r and e-ma il. Y ou can sa ve receive d business cards in your c ontact list. This is a network d ependent feature . Send a business card 1 Find the n ame in y our contact list. 2 Press Options and scroll to Send bu s. card . 3 Press Selec t . 4 Enter or recall the ph one number to w hich you want to s end the busine ss card and press Send . View a receive d business card When you receiv e a busine ss card , the phon e displ ays Business car d received . 1 When your phone displays Business car d received , press Options . 2 Show is select ed. Press Select . 3 Scroll throug h the available information. Save a viewed business card 1 After viewing the business card, press Back , scroll to Save and press Selec t . 2 At the Name: prompt, edit th e name if desired, then press OK . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 77 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
78 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Special features 3 At the Number : prompt, edit the number if desired, the n press OK . 4 At the E-mail addr ess p rompt , edit the e- mail a ddre ss if des ire d, th en pr ess OK . Delete a viewed business card After viewing th e busine ss card: 1 Press Back . 2 Scroll to Disca rd , then pre ss Selec t . 3 Dis card bu sines s card ? appears, press OK . ⢠DOWNLOAD A RINGING TONE Y o u can down load up to te n ringing tone s to replace the personal entrie s in your list of ringing t ones. Since this is a netw ork dependent feature, metho ds for downloading ringing tones vary . Som e wireless providers allow you to send ringing tones to your phone via the Internet, but may charge for this service. Please contact your wireless s ervice provider for details. Notification of a receive d ringing tone If you have this service and your phone receives a downloaded ringing tone, your phone displays Ringing tone received . Listen to received r inging tones 1 When your phone shows Ringi ng tone received , press Options . 2 Playback is selec ted. Press OK . The phone plays the rin ging tone. 3 To stop playing the ringing to ne, press Quit . Note: An incoming ca ll or pressing any key stops the ringing to ne from playing. Save a received ringing tone 1 After listening t o the rin ging tone, pre ss Quit . 2 Scroll to Save to ne . Press OK . 3 Choose which ringing tone you want to replace â either an e mpty Per s o n a l location, if any are remain ing, or a previously downloaded ton e. Discard a received ringing tone 1 After listening t o the rin ging tone, pre ss Quit . 2 Scroll to Disca rd ton e , then press OK . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 78 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 79 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 12 Prepaid services With prepaid service, you b uy wireless network services in advance. Your phone w orks the same way it did before, w ith some additional fe atures. Since prepaid service may not be available from your wireless service provide r , the Prepa id scree n may not appear . Contact your service provider for details. ⢠MANAGE PREPAID SERVICE After you si gn up with y our service provider for prep aid servic e, you c an activate the Prepaid menu in your phone . This menu appears on your screen only if youâÂÂve activated the service. ACTIVATE P REPAID T o act ivate prepaid servi ces, ente r the f oll owing sequ ence: * #7766# DEACTIVA TE PREPAID T o deactivate pre paid services, enter the following sequence: * #77633# USE THE MENU ⢠T o use the prepaid menu, pres s Menu and then press the Scroll up key t o go immediately to Prepaid . ⢠Onc e you s elec t the pr epai d menu, p ress th e Scroll up or Scroll do wn key to scroll through prepaid options. ⢠CHECK YOUR PREPAID BALANCE Y ou can che ck the bala nce rem aining in y our prepaid acc ount. C ontac t yo ur s ervic e provider for the access number u sed to check the balanc e. Note: When no m ore charging units o r currency u nits are le ft, calls may only be possible to the emergency num ber programmed int o your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). 1 Press Menu 8-1 ( Prepaid > Ch eck accoun t balance ). 2 At Balan ce number , enter t he balanc e number an d press OK . If yo u have alre ady s aved th e bala nce nu mber u nder Save acce ss phone num bers , the phone will initiate a call to the saved num ber . 3 Follow the operator prompts. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 79 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
80 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Prepaid services ⢠ADD MONE Y TO YOUR ACC OUNT Call the acc ess numbe r your service provider gave y ou to add mon ey to your accoun t. For con venien ce, se e âÂÂS ave yo ur acces s numbe rsâ on page 8 0. 1 Press Menu 8-2 ( Prepaid > A dd mone y to accou nt ). 2 At Repleni sh no. , enter t he replen ish num ber and pre ss OK . If you hav e already saved the replenish number unde r Save a ccess ph one num bers , the phone will initiate a call to the saved num ber . 3 Follow the operator prompts. ⢠CALL CUSTOMER SERVICE Y ou can call the c ustomer service number for y our prepaid acc ount. Conta ct your service provider for the acces s numbers. 1 Press Menu 8-3 ( Prepa id > Call c ustomer servic e ). 2 Enter t he cust omer serv ice number your serv ice pro vider g ave you , then pr ess OK . If you have already saved the customer service number under Save ac cess ph one num bers , the phone will initiate a call to the saved number . 3 Follow the operator prompts. ⢠SAVE YOUR ACCESS NUMBERS You can ch ec k yo ur pr epai d ba lanc e, a dd mo ney to y our acco unt , a nd c al l custome r service. To do that, you first need to save the correct access numbers in your phone. Contact your service provider fo r the access numbers. 1 Press Menu 8-4 ( Prepaid > Sa ve access phon e numbers ). 2 At Save ac cess phon e numb ers , pre ss Selec t . 3 Scroll to Replenis h phone numb er , pr ess Selec t , enter th e replenis h numb er from your service provider , th en press OK . 4 Scroll to Balance phone number , pres s Selec t . 5 Enter the balanc e number from your service provider , then press OK . 6 Scroll to Customer se rvice p hone number , then press Selec t . 7 Enter the cust omer service num ber from your servic e provider , th en press OK . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 80 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 81 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠EXPIRATION DATE Y o u can s tore and edit the expiration date of your pre paid credit e ach time y ou add money to y our accoun t. Enter and c hange this d ate manually . 1 Press Menu 8 ( Prep aid ). 2 Scroll to Expira tion da te , then press Sele ct . 3 Enter the e xpiration date , then pr ess OK . To simply view the current expiration date that you have e ntered, press Menu 8-5 ( Prep aid > Expira tion da te ). 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 81 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
82 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Games 13 Games Y ou can use your ph one for communic ation an d some serious fun. Your phone offers three games: ⢠Snake II â¢S p a c e i m p a c t â¢P a i r s I I Note: Y our phone mu st be switched on t o use this funct ion. Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠START A NEW GAME 1 Press Menu 6 ( Games ) 2 Scroll to the desired game and press Select . 3 Select New game , then pres s Selec t . Additional options under eac h game include: Option Wha t it does Cont inue Continue a game that was stopped. New Ga me Start a new game. Level (Snake II and Pairs II only) Choose the ga meâÂÂs difficulty le vel. Maze s (Snake II on ly) Choose among different m aze designs. Top score Display the top scor e. Instru ctio ns Learn how to play the game. Time trial (P airs II only ) To advance to the ne xt level, you m ust pair up all tiles before t he dynamite fus e runs out. Puzzle (Pairs II only ) R e v e a l p i c t u r e s t o f i n d p a i r s w i t h a s f e w t r i e s as possible. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 82 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 83 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Please visit Nok ia games services on the Interne t for more hints and tips at: www .nokia. com/us . GAME SETTINGS Game sounds and lights can be turned on or off. To access the Settin gs menu, press Menu 6-4 ( Games > Setti ngs ). â¢S N A K E I I Feed the snake with as many goodies as p ossible and watch i t grow . Press Menu 6-1 . To turn the snake toward the food, press 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 . The longe r the sn akeâÂÂs tail grows, the higher you r score. Y ou can choose to hav e a clear field, or sele ct from five different maze s. If the snake ru ns into its ow n tail or the s urrounding wall, found in one of the maz e levels, the game is over. ⢠S PACE IMPA CT Use your weap ons to survi ve alien attacks. When you de feat all the enem ies, you progress to the next level . Press Menu 6 -2 . ⢠T o move u p and down, press 8 and 0 . ⢠T o mov e to the left and right, press * and # . ⢠T o fire the main weapons, press 1 or 3 . ⢠To fire the bonus weapon s, press 4 or 6 . ⢠PAI RS II The object of the game is to uncove r the pictures to fi nd pairs in as few trie s as possible. Press Menu 6-3 and choose between Time Tri al and Puzzle . Move th e curso r with ke ys 2 , 4 , 5 , and 8 . T o reveal the pictures, press 5 . When playing in Time tri al mode, you must match all th e pairs before the dynam ite fuse runs out in order to advance to th e next level. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 83 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
84 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Minute Manager 14 Minute Manager With Minute M anager serv ice , you ca p mont hly spending of cellular service. This sect ion describes how you can use your M inute Ma nager menu to ma nage your cellula r account. Since this se rvice may not be available from yo ur wireless serv ice provider , the Minute Mgr . screen may not appear . Contac t your service provider for de tails. Note: The actual invo ice for calls an d services from yo ur service provider may vary , depending upon n etwork features, ro unding-off for billing, taxes, and so forth. ⢠CHECK YOUR CALL INFORMAT ION Y ou can che ck informa tion on char ges, minutes and messages . To acc es s th i s information press Menu 9-1 ( Minute Mgr . > My calls ). My charges My charges allows you to view your current c all charge s. Y ou can v iew the current charges for all calls made this billing cycle, or you can view the charge for the last call you made. My charges in formation is approximate. The actual c harges and minutes will be listed on your mon thly bill. To view you r charges: 1 Press Menu 9-1-1 ( Minute Mgr . > My calls > My charges ). 2 Scroll to Current or My last c all . 3 Press Selec t to view the charges. Press Back to return to the pre vious screen. Note: If you ex ceed your Mi nute Manager lim it, calls ma y only be p ossible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergen cy number). Y ou can also ca ll 61 1 and the cus tomer service n umber fo r your M inute Manager accou nt. My minutes Y ou can check the m inutes yo uâÂÂve used in the curre nt billing cyc le, as we ll as the number of any time minute s remaining in your planâÂÂs pa ckage. Thi s information is for regular pla n minutes. It does not include informa tion on lon g distance ca lls or SMS messag es. To view y our minut es: 1 Press Menu 9-1-2 ( Minute Mgr . > My calls > My minutes ). 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 84 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 85 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 2 Scroll to Minu tes us ed or P ac kage mins . 3 Press Selec t to view the nu mber of m inutes . My data Y ou can che ck the t otal numbe r of SMS mess ages you ha ve sent and receive d. This number includes any free message s provided by you r plan. 1 Press Menu 9-1-3 ( Minute M gr . > My cal ls > My data ). 2 Scroll to Mess age s sen t or Msgs receive d . 3 Press Selec t to view the numbe r of mess ages. ⢠CHECK YOUR ACCOUNT INFORMATION Y ou can che ck informa tion on your cu rrent bill, lim it and rate plan. To access this information press Menu 9 -2 ( Minute Mg r . > My account ). My bill Bill information i s updated by your service prov ider and reflects the current amount owed. To view your current bill, press Menu 9-2-1 ( Minute M gr . > My accoun t > My bi ll ). My bill date The bill date i s the date when the next bill cyc le starts. To view your bill date, press Menu 9-2-2 ( Minute Mgr . > My account > My bill date ). My limit Y ou can view the spending limit of you r account. This amount is set by your service provider during account activation an d is independent of any balance information. Contact you r service provider for m ore informati on. To view your limit, press Menu 9-2-3 ( Minut e Mgr . > My acc ount > My lim it ). My rate plan This menu prov ides information about your curre nt rate plan. Press Menu 9-2-4 ( Minute M gr . > My accoun t > My r ate plan ). 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 85 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
86 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Minute Manager My number To view your mobile number , press Menu 9-2-5 ( Minut e Mgr . > My accou nt > My numb er ). ⢠CUSTOM ER CARE Y ou ca n call the custo mer care n umber f or your Minute Ma nager account. T his i s the same nu mber you wil l call to make a payment . The custom er care number may be pre-pr ogramme d in yo ur phon e. If no t, cont act your se rvice p rovide r for the n umbe r . Make a payment Y ou can follow the se ste ps to c ontact cu stomer servic e and to make a paymen t. 1 Press Menu 9-3 ( Minute M gr . > Cust omer car e ). 2 When Make payment is highligh ted, press Selec t . The cust omer care numbe r will appear on the screen. 3 Press Call to dial the nu mber . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 86 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 87 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 15 Reference information This secti on provid es infor mation a bout yo ur phon eâÂÂs batter ies, accessori es, c har ge rs , safety guideline s and te chnical in formation. Be aware that the informatio n in th is section is subject to change as batteries, chargers, and accessories change. ⢠BATTERY STATEMENTS Charging and discharging Y ou r phone is powered by a rech argeable battery . Note that a ne w battery' s full performance may be ac hieved only afte r two or three complete charge and discharge cyc les! The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times but it will eventu all y wear ou t. When th e operati ng time (t alk tim e and st andby t ime) is not iceably s horter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only b atteries approved b y the phone man ufacturer and rec harge your batte ry only with the chargers approved by the man ufacturer . Unplug th e charger when not in use. Do not lea ve the batt ery connec ted to a cha rger for longer than a we ek, since overc harging may shorten its lifetim e. If left unused, a fu lly charge d battery will disch arge itself over time. Tem perature extremes can affect the ability of yo ur batt ery to charge; allow it to co ol down or warm up first. For good operation times with NiMH batteries, discharge the battery from time to time by leav ing your phone switched on until it turns itself off (or by using the battery disch arge facility of a ny approved acc essory available for y our ph on e). Do not atte mpt to discha rge the batte ry by any othe r means. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery whic h is damaged or worn out . Do not short-c ircuit the ba ttery . Accidental s hort-circuiting can occu r when a metallic object (coin, clip, or pen) causes di rect connection of th e and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the battery), for example, whe n you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting t he terminals may damage the battery or the connectin g object. Leaving the battery in hot or cold place s, such as in a closed ca r in summ er or winter con ditions, wil l reduce th e capacity and lifetim e of the batte ry . Alw ays try to keep the batte ry between 59ðF and 77ðF (15ðC and 25 ðC). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily not work, even when the battery is fully charged. Batteries' performance is particu larly limite d in temp eratures wel l below freez ing. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 87 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
88 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Do not dispose of batteries in a fire! Dispose of batteries acc ording to applic able local reg ulati ons (for exam ple, recycl ing). Do not dispose of as household w aste. Note: For in form ati on on ho w to c har ge and rec harge y our b atte ry , refer to âÂÂImportant battery in formationâ on page 18. ⢠P ROPER CARE AND M AIN TENAN CE Y ou r phone is a product of superior design and craftsman ship and should be treated with care. The suggestions be low will help you to fulfill any warran ty obligations and to enjoy this produc t for many years: ⢠Ke ep the phone and all its parts and acce ssories out of the re ach of small childr en. ⢠Keep the phone dry . Precipitation, humidity and all ty pes of liquids or mo isture can cont ain minerals th at will corrod e electronic c ircuits. ⢠Do not use or store the ph one in dusty , dirty areas. Its moving parts c an be damaged. ⢠Do not store the phon e in hot areas. High te mperatures can shorten t he life of electronic devices, damage batterie s, and warp or melt certain plastics. ⢠Do not store the ph one in cold areas. W hen it warms up (to its norm al temperature), mois ture can form inside and m ay damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open the phone. None xpert ha ndling may da mage it. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or sh ake the phone. Rough han dling can brea k internal circuit boards. ⢠Do not use harsh che micals, cle aning sol vents, or st rong detergen ts to clean the phon e. ⢠Do not paint the phone. Paint can clog the m oving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attach ments could damage th e phone and may violate regulations governing radio devices. All of the above suggestions apply equally to your phone, battery , charge r or any accessory . If any of the m are not w orking properly , ta ke them to your ne arest qualified service facility . The personnel the re will assist you, and if n ecessary , arrange for service. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 88 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 89 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION This section provides additional safety information. A brief overview of safety can be found in âÂÂFor y our safetyâ on page 7 . T raffic safety Do not use a hand-held telephone while driving a vehicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do n ot place the phone on th e passenger seat or where it can break loose in a co llision or sudden stop. Remember road safety always c omes first! Operating environment Remember to fol low any spec ial regulations in forc e in any area a nd always switch off y our p hone wh enever it is forb idden to us e it, o r when it may caus e inter fere nce or danger . Use the pho ne only in it s normal o perating positions. P arts of the phone are magnetic. Me tallic materials may be attra cted to the phone, and persons with a hearing aid should not hold th e phone to the ear with the hear ing aid. Al ways s ecu re t he ph one in i ts ho lder , becau se metallic materials may be attracted by the earpiece. Do not place credit car ds or oth er magne tic storage medi a nea r the phon e, becaus e in forma tio n stored on them may be erased. Electronic devices Most modern electronic equip ment is shielde d from radio frequen cy (RF) sign als. However , cer tain e lectron ic eq uipment may no t be s hielded against the RF signals from your wireless phone. PA C E M A K E R S P acemaker m anufactu rers recom mend th at a minimu m separati on of 6-8 i nches (20 cm) be maintain ed between a hand- held wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference w ith the pacemaker . Th ese recommendations are consistent w ith the in dependent res earch by and re commendation s of Wirele ss T echnology Research. P ersons with pacemakers: ⢠Should always keep the phon e more than 6 in ches (20 c m) from their pacemaker when the phone is switched on ⢠Should not carry the phone in a brea st pocket ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the pot ential for interference. ⢠If you have any reason to suspec t that interference is taking place , switch off your phone imme diately . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 89 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
90 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation HEA RING AI DS Some digital wireless ph ones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interfere nce, you m ay want to consult you r service provide r . Other medical devices Operation of a ny radio transmit ting equip ment, including cellular phone s, may interfere with the functio nality of inad equately protected medical devices. C onsult a physician or the manu facturer of the medical dev ice to determin e if t hey ar e adequately shiel ded from external RF energy or if y ou have any questions. Switch off your phone in health care facilities when any regulat ions posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or heal th care facilities may be using equipment that could b e sensitive t o external RF energy . V ehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic sy ste m s in moto r vehicl es (for exampl e, elec tronic f uel in jection systems, el ec t ron ic an ti sk id / antilock braking systems, electronic speed control systems , air bag systems). Check wi th the manufacturer or its repr esentative regarding you r v eh ic le . You sh ou ld al so c on su lt the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to y our vehicle. P OSTED FACILITIES Switch your phone off in a ny facility w here posted n otices so req uire. P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch off your phone when in any area wit h a potentially explosive atmosphe re and obey all signs and inst ructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Users are a dvised to switch off the phone when at a refuelling point (service sta tion). Users a re remind ed of th e nee d to obs erve r estr ictio ns on the us e of ra dio equipment in fu el depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progre ss. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but not always c learly marked. They inclu de below deck on boats; chemical tra nsfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders; and any o ther a rea where y ou woul d norm ally be a dvised to tur n off yo ur vehi cle engi ne. V ehicles Only qualified personn el should service the phone or install the phone in a vehic le. Faulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warra nty which ma y apply to the un it. Check regularly that all w ireless phone e quipment in your vehicle is mounte d an d operating properly . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 90 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 91 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Do not store or carry flamm able liquids, gases or explosive materials in the same compartmen t as the phone, its parts or acce ssories. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place ob jects, including both inst alled or portable wirele ss eq uipm ent in the area over th e air ba g or in the air bag deploy ment a re a. I f i n- ve hicl e w ir el es s equipm ent i s improp erly in stall ed and t he air bag in flates , seriou s inju ry cou ld resu lt. FCC regulations prohibit using you r phone while in the air . Switc h off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless t elephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network, and may be ille gal. Failure to observe these instructions m ay lead to suspension or denial of tele phone services to the offende r , legal action or both. ⢠MAKE EMERGENCY C ALLS Importan t: This phon e, l ike a ny wi rele ss phone , oper ates using ra dio signa ls, wireless, and la ndline network s as well as user-pr ogram med fun ct ion s. Because of this, connections in all con ditions cannot be guaranteed. Therefore you should ne ver rely solely upon an y wireless phone for essential com munications (for example, medi cal emergen cies). Emergency calls may not b e possible on all wireless ph one networks or w hen certain network service s and/or phone features are in use. Check with local service providers. T o make an emergency call 1 If the phone is no t on, switch it on, the n check for adequate signal strengt h. 2 Press the End key as many times as neede d (for example, to ex it a call, to exi t a menu, etc.) to clear the display and ready the phone for calls. 3 Key in the emergen cy number for you r present location (for example , 9 1 1 or other official emergenc y number). Emergenc y numbers vary by location. 4 Press th e Talk key . If certain features are in use, (ke yguard, etc.) you may first need to turn those features off before you can make an emergency c all. Consult th is user guide an d your local wire less service provider . When makin g an eme rgency call, remember to g ive all th e necessary inform ation as accurately as possible. Remember th at your wireless phone may be the only means of co mmunicatio n at the sc ene of an acc ident - do not end the ca ll until given permission to do so. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 91 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
92 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Certification Information (SAR) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE GOVERNMENT'S REQUIREMEN TS FOR EXPOSURE TO R A DI O W AV E S . Y o ur wireless phone is a radio transmitte r and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to excee d the emission l imits for ex posure to radio freque ncy (RF) ene rgy set by the Fe deral Commun ications Com mission of the U.S. Governm ent. These lim its are part of co mprehensive guide lines and est ablish permitted le vels of RF ene rgy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by indep endent scientific organiz ations through perio dic and thorough eval uatio n of s cienti fic studi es. T he st anda rds in clude a su bstan tial safe ty ma rgin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of me asurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR lim it set by the FCC is 1.6W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transm itting at its h ighest certifie d power level in all tested freque ncy bands. Alth ough the SAR is determ ined at the highest certifie d power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while ope rating can be well below the maximu m value. Th is is because t he phone is de signed to opera te at multiple p o w er l e v e l s s o a s to u s e o n l y t h e p o we r r eq u i re d t o r e a c h t h e ne tw o r k. In g e n e r a l , the closer you are to a wireless ba se station antenna, the lower the power output. Before a phone model is available for sale to th e public, it mu st be tested and certifi ed to the FCC that it does n ot exceed the limi t established by th e government- adopted requirement for safe exposure. T he tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at the ear and w orn on the body) as require d by the FCC for each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to th e FCC when tested for use at the ear is 1.08 W/kg, and when worn on the body , as described in th is user guide, is 0.96 W/k g. (Body-worn measurements diffe r among phone mo dels, depending upon available accessories and FCC requirements). While there m ay be differences between the SAR levels of various phon es and at various positions, they all meet th e government requirement. The FCC has granted an Equipm ent Authorization for th is model phone wit h all reported SAR levels evaluated as in com pliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR i nformation on this model p hone is on file with the FC C and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www .fcc.go v/oet/fccid after searching on FCC ID GMLRH-39. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 92 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 93 Copyright é 2003 Nokia For body worn operation , this phone has been tested and m eets the FCC RF exposure guideline s for use w ith an acce ssory that con tains no met al and that positions the handset a minimum of 5/8 inch (1.5 cm) from th e body . Use of other accessories may not ensure complia nce with FCC RF exposure guidelines. If you do not use a body-worn accessory and are not holding the phone at the ear , position the handset a m inimum of 5/8 i nch (1.5 cm) from you r body when the phone is switc hed on. *In the Unite d States and Canada, the SAR lim it for mobile phon es used by the public is 1.6 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional p rotection for the public and t o account for a ny variation s in measurem ents. SAR va lues may vary depending on national reporting requirements and the network ban d. For SAR information in othe r regions please look un der product inform ation at www .nokia. com/us . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 93 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
94 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation ⢠ACCESSORY SAFETY This section provides information about the ph oneâÂÂs batteries, chargers, and accessories . Be aware th at the informa tion in this section is subject to change as the batteries, chargers, and accessories change. Check the model numbe r of any charger before use w ith this phone. This device is intended for use w hen supplied with power from an ACP-7, ACP-8, ACP-12 or LCH-9 charger . Warning: Use only Nokia original access ories or batter ies, chargers, an d accessories approved by Nokia, for use with this Nokia phone model. The use of any other ty pes may invalidate any ap proval or warranty applying to the phone, and m ay be dangerous. For availability of approved acc essories, please check w ith your deale r . When you disconnect the power c ord of any accessory , grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. When you are not using a charger , disco nnect i t from t he power sour ce. When the bat tery is running out of power and your phone only has a few minutes of tal k time r ema ining, a warn ing t one sou nds an d th e Battery lo w message appears briefly . Whe n no more talk time is l eft, a warning tone is sounde d and the phone switches itself off. Practical rules for accessory operation ⢠Ke ep all accessorie s out of reach of sm all children. ⢠When you disconnect the power cord of any accessory , grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. ⢠Check regularly that any vehicle-in stalled accessories are mounte d and are operating properly . ⢠Installation of a ny complex c ar accessories must be made by qualified personnel only . ⢠Use only batteries, chargers, and accessories that have been approved by th e phone m anufa cturer . The us e of any o ther ty pes could invali date any approval or warranty applying to the phone and co uld be dangerous . R ef er to âÂÂAcce sso ry safetyâ on page 94 for importan t battery usage in formation. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 94 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 95 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Batteries This section provides inform ation about the phone âÂÂs battery . Be aware that the information in this section is subject t o change. Note: Dispose of used ba tteries in ac cordance with any local re gulations. The tables sh own in this section provide information abou t the batteries that are available for your phone, charging times with th e Rapid Trav el Charger (ACP-8 and ACP-12), the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7), talk times, and stand by times. Consult your s ervice provider for more information. Charging times The charging time s listed below are approxim ate. Standby and talk times Battery talk and standby times are estim ates only and depend on signal stre ngth, network condit ions, features used, ba ttery age and cond ition (including the effect of charging habits), te mperatures to which the battery is exposed, use in digital mode, and many other factors. Please note that t he amount of time a phone is u sed for calls will affect its standby tim e. Likewise , the amount of time that the phone is turned on a nd in standby mode will affe ct its talk t ime. Battery optio n ACP-7 Charger ACP-8 Charger ACP-12 Charger BMC-3 NiMH Battery 9 00 mAh up to 4 hou rs u p to 2 hours up to 1 hour, 40 minute s Battery option Talk ti me Standby Ti me Digital Analo g Digit al Analo g BMC-3 NiMH Battery 90 0 mAh up to 5 ho urs u p to 2 hours up to 1 5 days up to 2 days BLC-2 Li-Ion Battery 95 0 mAh up to 5 ho urs u p to 2 hours up to 1 6 days up to 2 days 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 95 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
96 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation ⢠ACCESSORIES If you wa nt to enhanc e the fun ctionality of your phone, a range of accessories is available for you. You can select any of these ite ms to help accommodate your spec ific communica tion needs. For availability of these an d other accessor ies, contact your service pr ovider . Warning: Use only Nokia original accessories, or batteries, chargers and accessories approved by Nokia, for use with this Nokia phone model. The use of any other ty pes may invalidate any ap proval or warranty applying to the phone, and m ay be dangerous. 900 mAh Ni MH Battery (B MC-3) Provides up to 5 hours of di gital talk time and up to 15 days of digital standby time. P rovides up to 2 h ours of analog talk time and up t o 2 days of analog standby tim e. Note: Opera tion ti mes a re estim ates and m ay var y depending on ne twork conditions, charging an d phone use. 950 m Ah Li -Ion Ba ttery ( BLC-2) ) Provides up to 5 hours of di gital talk time a nd up to 16 days of digital standby time. Provides up to 2 hours of analog talk t ime and up to 2 days of analog standby time. Note: Opera tion ti mes a re estim ates and m ay var y depending on ne twork conditions, charging an d phone use. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 96 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 97 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Standard Travel Charge r (ACP- 7) The Standard T ravel Ch arger is a lig htweight (187 g) and durable AC charger . T o use the Standard Travel Charger , plug it into a standard 12 0 V AC wall out let and co nnect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Note: If the batte ry is comple tely empt y , you cann ot use the ph one until it has enough charge to operate. Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8) The Rapid Travel Charger is a lightweight (1 00 g) and durable AC charger . Calls ca n be made during charging, even with a fu lly dischar ged b attery . T o use the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8), plug it into a standard 12 0- or 220-Vac wall ou tlet, and con nect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Approximate charging tim es for discharged batteries are shown in âÂÂCharging timesâ on page 95. Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-12) The Rapid Travel Charger is a lightweight and durable AC charger . Calls ca n be made during chargin g, ev en wit h a fu lly di scha rged batter y . T o use the Rapid T ravel Charger ( ACP-12), plug it into a sta ndard 120- or 22 0-Vac wall outle t, and connect the lead from the ch arger to the base of your phone. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 97 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
98 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9) Y ou can charge yo ur phoneâ s battery fro m yo ur vehicle battery by using the Rapid Cig arette Lighter Charger (LCH-9). Calls are possible during charging. A green light ind icate s that the ch arger is re ady for charg ing. The batt ery charging times are the same as those for the Rap id Travel Charger (ACP-8 ). The input voltage range is from 1 1-24 Vdc, negative grounding. Avoid prolo nged charging with the Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9) when the c ar en gi ne is not running; this cou ld cause your car battery to drain. No te also, that in some cars, the cigarette ligh ter plug i s not provided wit h electrici ty if the ignit ion is not switc hed on. Spare Battery Charger (DDC -1) Lightweight and stylish, th is charger provides a convenie nt way to ch arge your spare battery . This charger is compatible with the Standa rd T ravel Cha rger (ACP- 7) and the Ra pid T ravel Charger ( ACP-8). Headset (HDC-5) Small and light weight, th e headset allow s easy an d convenient han ds- fr ee operation. The headset has a foam earpiece cover for a comfortable fit and has a clip to ho ld it firmly in pla ce. This headsetâ s 4-wire 2.5 m m plug fits directly i nto th e botto m of the phone. A rem ote control bu tton located in the microphon e makes the hea dset co nveni ent to use whil e an swerin g or receiving calls. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 98 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 99 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Headset (HDE-2) Small and light weight, th e headset allow s easy an d convenient hands-free o peration. This he adset come s with a c lip for a comfortable fit. This hea dsetâÂÂs 4-wire 2.5 mm plu g fits directly into the botto m of your phone . Boom Headset (HDB-5) Compact and functional, the Boom Headset provides y ou with convenient, portable hands-free facility . A new and modern âÂÂover the earâ concept with a stylish de sign and basic hand s-free functionality , including the answer/end button . This heads etâÂÂs 4-wire 2. 5 mm plug fits directly in to the bo ttom of your phone. Retractable Headset Kit (HDC-1 0 ) Compact and functional, th is headset prov ides you with c onvenient, portable, ha nds-free operation. The retractable mech anism and remote control provide easy operation. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 99 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 0 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Loopset (LPS-3) With the Nokia Loopset, people w ho use a T-coil equipped hearing aid ha ve the freedom to talk on a digital mobile phon e. The loopset goes around your neck - so it can be worn comfort ably and discreetly . TTY/TDD Adapter (HD A-9) The TTY/TDD Adapter is a Nok ia accessory th at allows you to con nect your mobile phon e to a Telecommunica tions Device for the Deaf (TTY/TDD) to m ake a call in digital mode . WHAT YOUâÂÂLL NEED Here is what y ouâÂÂll need for TTY/TD D communica tion. ⢠A TTY/TDD de vice that is âÂÂcellular readyâ or â cellular compatible â â¢ A cable for connecting t he TTY/TDD to your phone, usually su pplied by the manufacturer of the TTY/TDD device. ⢠The TTY/TD D Adapter (HD A-9), which can be pu rchased sepa rately as a n accesso ry at www .nokia.com/us . Mobile Holder (MBC-6) Small and easy to use, the Mobile Holder provides an ideal place to h old the phone in a vehicl e. The Mobile Holder is ea sy to attach to th e dashboard via a mounting plate or swivel. The Mobile Holder is compatible with the Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9) and the Express Car Kit (PPH-1). TTY/TDD Adapter 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 100 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 101 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Express Car Kit (CARK-1 25) This car kit provides charging and hands- free functiona lity . With e xcellent audio qualit y , the car kit is easy to use and is compatible with 12 V systems. The Expre ss Car Kit inc ludes a hold er and plug-in, hands-free, external microphone. Express Car Kit (PPH-1) The Express Car Kit prov ides charging and hands-free functionalit y . Com patible with 1 2 V system s, the Express Car Kit plugs into the cigarette lighter socket for charging. A green light indicates readiness for charging. The Express Car Kit has a built in speaker and uses the phoneâÂÂs microphone. The Express Car Kit also has a connector for an optional external microphone (HFM -8). The microphon e should be instal led 20 inches a part from th e exter nal s peaker. The Express Car Ki t requires no screw s for installation and thus can be moved ea sily from car to ca r . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 101 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 2 C opyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Full Car Kit (CARK-1 34) The Full Ca r Kit (CARK-13 4) offers a co nveni ent ha nds-fre e opti on, automatic c harging facility , transmission c apacity with external antenna connection an d car radio mute. The Full C ar Kit co ntains th e following: ⢠HHS-9 Sw ivel Mount ⢠HFU-5 J unction Box ⢠MKU-1 Mounting Plate ⢠HFM-8 Handsfree Micropho ne ⢠HFS-12 External Handsfree Speaker ⢠PCH-4J P ower Cable Carry case (CSM-6 ) Handsome leat her case helps protect your phone and allows for easy ke ypad ac cess. The clip atta ches to your belt for conv enie nce. (sh own at r ight ) 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 102 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 103 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Nokia Xpress-on⢠color covers The Xpress-on⢠cov er is available in se veral fashion colors. Extra cov ers may be purchased from your auth orized Nokia dealer . Note: Before changing the co ver , always switch off the power an d disconnect the phone from t he charger or any other device. Always store the phone with co vers atta ched. REMO VE TH E BACK COVER 1 Swit ch o ff th e pow er a nd di scon nect t he ph one from the charger or any other device. 2 Push in the rele ase button on the back of the phon e, slide the cover tow ard the top of the ph one, and remove it. REMO VE TH E FRON T COVE R 1 Use the finger rests on each side o f the phone and hold the ph one face down. 2 While holding the phone, place y our finger on th e grove betwee n the phone and th e cover. 3 Gently pry the front cover away from the phone and lift the phone out of the cove r . REMOVE T HE KEYPAD 1 Lift the keypad from the inside of the front cover . 2 Place the k eypad into the new front cover . REPLACE THE FRONT C OVER 1 Slide t he top of t he phone i nto the to p of the front co ver . Be ca reful t o align th e power k ey/IR port with its place in the top of the front cover . 2 Gently push the bottom of the phone into the bottom of the front cov er until it snaps in to place. REPLACE THE BACK CO VER 1 Insert th e two c atches of the ba ck cover i n the c orrespon ding slo ts in the phone. 2 Slide t he cover to wards the bott om of the p hone until it lock s into p lace. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 103 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 4 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation ⢠TEC HNICAL INFORMATION Feature Specification Weig ht 4.23 oz with BLC-2 battery 5.17 oz with BMC-3 battery V olume 10 8 c c Frequen cy Range Lowb and 824.04 - 848.97 MHz ( TX) 869.04 - 893.97 MHz ( RX) Highband 1850.04 - 1909.92 MH z (TX) 1930.08 - 1989.96 MH z (RX) T ransmit ter Out put P ower Up to 600 mW Battery V oltage 3.6 V nominal Opera tin g T emperatur e -4ðF to 104ðF (-20ðC to 40ðC) Numbe r of Channe ls 832 lowband 1997 highband Phone Num bers Up to 3 Contact Li st Locations Up to 200 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 104 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 105 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠TROUBLES HOOTIN G This section lists some of the most commonly encountered problems and provides possible solutions. Proble m P ossib le cause P ossib le so lutio n My phone is not chargin g. The charger and the phone are not properly connected. Secu rely con nect the charger to the phone. The charger is not prope rly plugged in. Ensure that the charger is plugged in co rrectly . My phone is not making or answering calls . The battery is not charged. Charge the battery . The signal stren gth is too low. If you are indoors, move towar d a wind ow . I cannot lis ten to my voice messages. Y ou do not ha ve voice ma il servi ce. This is a service provider dependen t feature. Please call your w ireless service provider . The voice ma il number you have saved is incorrect. Y ou h ave forgotten your password or are entering in i ncorrectly . Y our voice m ail number is not saved in the ph one. Refer to âÂÂSave the voice mailbox numberâ on page 44. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 105 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 6 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Nokia One-Y e ar Limited W arranty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) warrant s that this cellular ph one (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, acco rding to the follo wing terms and conditio ns: 1 The lim ited war ranty fo r the Pr oduct ex tends f or ONE (1 ) year begi nni ng on th e date of the purchase of th e Product. This one year period is e xtended by each whole day that th e Product is out o f your possession for repair unde r this warranty . 2 The limited warranty extends only to the original purcha ser (âÂÂConsumerâÂÂ) o f t he Product and is not assi gnable or transferable to any su bsequent purchaser/ end-us er . 3 The limited warra nty extends only to C onsumers who pu rchase the Product in the Uni ted St ates of Amer ica. 4 During the l imited warranty period, Nokia will repa ir , or replace, at Nok iaâÂÂs sole option, any defect ive parts, or any parts that will not prope rly operate for their intended use with new or refurbished replaceme nt items if s uch repair or replacement is need ed because of product malfunction or failure du ring normal usage. No c harge will be made to the Consume r for any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor cha rges incurred by No kia in repairin g or replacing the defective parts . The limited wa rranty does no t cover defect s in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-opera tive parts. Nokiaâ s limit of liability under the limi ted warranty shall be the actual cas h value of the Product at the time the Co nsumer returns the Product for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consume r for the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other l osses or d amages. These remedi es are th e Consume râÂÂs exclus ive remedies for breach of warranty . 5 Upon request from Nok ia, the Consumer must prove the date of the origin al purchase of the Product by a date d bill of sale or date d itemized rec eipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear th e cost of shipping the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of shipping the Product back to the Consum er after th e completion of service u nder this limite d warrant y . 7 The Con sumer shall have n o coverage or benefits u nder this lim ited w arranty if any of the following co nditions are applic able: a) The Product has been subjec ted to abnormal use, abnormal condition s, improper storage, exposure to moistu re or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , misuse, neglect, a buse, acci dent, alterati on, improper in stallation, or oth er acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 106 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 107 Copyright é 2003 Nokia b) The Product h as been damage d from external c auses such as collision with an object, or from fire, floodi ng, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightn ing, earthquake or d amage from exposure to weather c onditions, an Act of God, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or i mproper use of any electrical source, damage caused by compute r or internet viruses, bugs, worms, Trojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the conn ection to other products not recomm ended for interconne ction by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by the Consumer of t he alleged defect or malfunction of the Product within fourteen (14) day s after the expiration of th e applicable limited warranty perio d. d) The Product serial number plate or the accessory data code has been removed, defaced or alte red. e) The defect or damage was caused by t he defective function of the cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by t he external antenna, or viruses or other softwa re problems introduce d into the Produ ct. 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of the Product. If a problem deve lops during the lim ited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the following step- by-step procedure: a) The Consumer sh all return the Product t o the place of purc hase for repair or replacement processing. b) If â aâ is n ot convenient because of distance ( more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, th e Consumer shall ship the Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 We st N asa B lvd. Melbourne, FL 32901 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/ or fax number , complete description of t he problem, proof of purchase and service agreem ent (if applicable). Expenses related to removing the Product from an installation are not cove red under this limited warranty . d) The Consumer will be billed for any parts or labor charge s not cover ed by this limit ed warranty . The Consumer will be responsib le for any expenses relate d to reinstal lation of the Produc t. e) Nokia will repair th e Product und er the limite d warranty within 30 days after rec eipt of the Produc t. If Nokia ca nnot pe rform re pairs cov ered und er this limite d warranty with in 30 days, or after a re asonable number of attempts to repair the sam e defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or refund the purchase price of t he Product less a reasonable amount for usa ge. In some states t he Consumer may have the right to a loaner if the repair of the Product takes more than ten (1 0) days. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 107 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 8 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Please contact the Customer Service Ce nter at Nokia at the telephon e number listed at the end of this warranty if you need a loaner and t he repair of the Produ ct has taken or is es timated to ta ke more th an ten (1 0) days. f) If the Product is returned du ring the limite d warranty period, but the problem with th e Product is n ot covered un der the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consum er will be notified and given an estimate of the c harges the Consumer mu st pay to have the Product repaired, with all sh ipping charges billed to the Consumer . If the estimate is refused, the Produ ct will b e returned freigh t collect. If th e Product is returned after the expiration of the limited warranty period, NokiaâÂÂs nor m al se rv ic e po li cie s sh al l a pply and t he Consumer will be responsible for all shipping charges. 9 Y ou (the Consumer) understand th at the product may cons ist o f re fu rb is he d equipment that c ontains used compon ents, some of which have been reprocessed. The used components comply w ith Product performance and reliability spe cifications. 10 ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MER CHANTABILITY , OR FITNESS F OR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR U SE, SHALL BE LIMI TED TO THE DURATION OF THE FOREGOING LIMITED WRIT TEN WARRANTY . OTHERWISE, THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY IS THE CON SUMERâÂÂS SOLE AN D EXCLUSI VE REM ED Y AND I S IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WAR RANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NOKIA SH ALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, PU NITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BU T NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF ANTICIPA TED BENEFITS OR PR OFITS, LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DA TA, PU NITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT , COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF ANY SU BSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, DOWNTI ME, THE CLAIMS O F AN Y THIRD PARTIES , INCLU DING C USTOMERS, A ND INJU RY TO PROPER TY , RESU LTING FROM TH E PURCHAS E OR USE OF THE PRODUC T OR ARISING F ROM BREACH OF T HE WARRANTY , BR EACH OF CONTRA CT , NEGLIGENCE , STRICT T ORT , OR ANY O THER LEGAL OR EQUITAB LE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOKIA SHALL NOT BE L IABLE FOR DELA Y IN RENDERING SERVICE UNDER THE LIMI TED WARRANTY , OR LO SS OF USE DURI NG THE PERIOD THAT THE PROD UCT IS BEING REP AIRED. 11 Some states do n ot allow limitation of h ow long a n implied warranty lasts, so the one year warranty limit ation ma y not apply to you (the C onsumer) . Some states do not a llow the exclusion or limitation of in cidental an d consequent ial damage s, so certain of the a bove l imitation s or excl usions may not apply to y ou (the C onsu mer) . Th is lim ited warr anty g ive s the Cons umer spe cific legal right s and the Consumer may als o have ot her right s whic h vary from state to state. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 108 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 109 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 12 Nokia neither assumes no r authorizes any authorized service center or any other person or entity to assum e for it any other obligation or liability beyond that wh ich is express ly provided for in this limite d warranty in cluding the provider or seller of any extended w arranty or servic e agreement. 13 This i s the enti re warr anty bet ween t he Nokia and the Consum er , and superse des al l prior an d conte mpor aneous ag reeme nts or underst andin gs, o r a l or written, relating to t he Product, and no representation, promise or c ondition not contained herein sh all modify these terms. 14 This limited wa rranty allocates t he risk of failure of the Product between the Consumer a nd Nokia. The a llocation is re cognized by th e Consume r and is reflected in th e purchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eighteen (18) mont hs following purcha se of the Prod uct. 16 Questions concern ing this limited warranty may be directed to: Nokia I nc. Attn: Custome r Service 7725 Woodland Center Blvd., Ste. 150 Tampa, FL 33 6 14 Telephone: 1-888-N OKIA-2U (1- 888-665-422 8) Facsimile: (813) 287-66 12 TTY/TDD Us ers Only: 1 -800-24 -NOKIA (1-8 00-246-6542 ) 17 The limited w arranty period for Nokia supplied attachments and accessories is specifically defined within th eir own warranty cards and packaging. Manufactured or sold unde r one or more of the following US paten ts: 5001372 537 1 48 1 5553125 5805084 589 3060 600 6 1 14 61 1 9002 6229996 5045973 5390223 5594 797 5819 165 5903839 6026 16 1 61 19003 6269331 51 01 175 5400 949 5604921 5822366 5907823 6035194 6128509 6282373 5124672 54 16435 5606 548 5835 858 5914796 6043760 6144243 6285888 5212834 5430 740 5613235 5839 1 0 1 5920826 6049796 615 1485 628 6 122 5230091 544252 1 5625 274 584214 1 5924026 6055439 615 150 7 6292668 5233634 5446364 5677 620 5844884 592 4038 6060193 6154457 630 8084 5241284 547 1 655 5692032 5845 2 19 5953665 608 4962 6 163609 631 0609 5241583 5479476 56970 7 4 5857 15 1 5956625 6094587 6164547 631 1054 5266782 5487084 5734 683 5870683 598 7406 6097961 6185295 6314166 5317283 5493255 5760 568 5887262 598 7639 6097964 6188909 632 44 12 5335362 5551 067 5794142 5892475 599 9523 61 15 6 17 6219560 Pen d i n g: 29158527 29158526 29158528 29158485 29158529 29158524 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 109 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
1 10 C opyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation NOTES 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 110 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 1 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association) to all users of mobile phones. é 2001 Ce llular T elecom munica tions & Int ernet Association . All Rights R eserved. 1250 Connecticut A v enue, NW Suit e 800, W ashington, DC 2003 6. Phone: (202) 785-0081 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 111 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
1 12 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Safety is the m ost impo rtant call you will ever make. A Gu ide to S afe and Re spon sibl e Wir ele ss P hon e Use T ens of millio ns of people i n the U .S. toda y tak e ad vanta g e of the uniqu e combina tion of conv enienc e, safety a nd v alue deliver e d by the wireless telep hone. Quite simply , the wir eless phone gi v es peo ple the po w erful abil ity to c ommunica te b y v oice-- almost anyw h ere, anytime--with the bo ss, with a client, with the kids, with em ergency personne l or even with the poli ce. Each year , Americans ma k e billions of calls from the ir wireless phones, and the numbers are rapidly gro wing. But an impor tant responsibility accompan ies those benefits, one that ev er y wireless phone use r must uphold. When driving a car , driving is y o ur first responsibility . A wireless phone c an be an inv a luable tool, but good judgm ent must be exercised at all times w hile d riving a motor vehicle--w heth er on th e phone or n ot. The basic lessons ar e ones w e all learned as teenagers. Dri vin g r equires alertness, caution a nd cour tesy . It requires a hea vy dose of basic common se nse---keep y our head up, k e ep y our ey es on th e road, check y our m irrors frequently and w atch out f or other driv ers. It re quires obeying all traffic signs and signals and sta ying within the speed limit. It mean s using seatbelts and requiring other pa ssengers to do the same. But with wireless phone use , driving safely means a little more. This br ochur e is a call t o wire less pho ne users e v eryw here to ma k e safet y their fi rst pri ority w hen behind the w heel of a car . W ir eless tel ecommuni cations is k eeping us in touc h, simplifying our li ve s, pr otecti ng us in emer gencies and pro viding opportunities to help others in need. When it come s to the use of wireless phones, saf ety is your most impo rtant call . Wireless Phone "Safety Tips" Belo w are saf ety tips to follo w while dri v ing and using a wireless pho ne w hich shou ld be easy to reme mbe r . 1 Get to know y our wireless phon e and its features such as speed dial a nd redial. Carefully r ead y our instruction manual and learn to take ad vantage of v aluable features most phone s offer , including au tomatic redial an d memo ry . Also, w ork to memoriz e the pho ne keypad so y ou can use the speed dial func tion wit hout taking y o ur attentio n off the road. 2 When a v ailab le, use a ha nds free device. A number of hands free wireless phon e access ories a re r eadil y a va ila bl e toda y . Wh ether y ou cho ose an inst alled mo unted device for y our wireless pho ne or a speaker phone ac cessor y , take ad vantage of these devices if av ailable to y ou. 3 Position y ou r wireless phone w ithin easy reach. Make sur e y ou place y our wireless phone wi thin easy reach and w here y ou can grab it witho ut remo v ing y ou r ey es from the road. If y ou g et an incom ing call at an inconv enient time, if possible, let y o ur v o ice mail answ er it for y ou . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 112 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 3 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 4 Suspe nd conv ersations during hazardous driving condit ions or situatio ns. Let the person y ou are speaking w ith kn o w y ou are driving; if ne cessar y , suspend the call in hea vy traffic or haza rdous w eather co ndition s. R ain, sleet , sno w and ice can be hazardous, b ut so is hea vy traffic. As a driv er , y our first responsibility is to pa y attention to the road . 5 D o not take notes or look up pho ne numbers w hile driving. If you ar e reading an address book or business card, or writing a "to do" list while driving a car , y ou ar e not w atching w her e y ou ar e goi ng. It â s common sense. Don âÂÂt ge t caugh t in a dange rous situation bec ause y ou are reading or writing a nd not paying attentio n to th e road or nearby vehicles . 6 Dial sensibly and asse ss the traffic; if possible, place calls w hen y ou are not mo vin g or befor e pulling into t raf fic. T ry to plan y our calls before y o u begin y our trip or attempt to coinc ide y our calls with times y ou m a y b e stopped at a stop sign , red light or o therwise stationar y . But if y ou n eed to dial while dri ving, follo w this simple tip- -dial only a few numbers, ch eck the road an d y our mirrors, then continue. 7 D o not eng age in st ressful or emotion al conv ersatio ns that may be distracting. Stre ssful or emotio nal con v ersatio ns and dri ving do not mi x--they ar e distra cting and ev en dan gerous w hen you ar e behin d the w heel of a car . Make people you are t alking with a war e y ou are driving an d if necessary , susp end con v ersations w hich hav e th e pote ntial to div er t y our atten tion from th e road. 8 Use y our wir eless phone to c all f or help . Y our wi rel ess phone is one of the gr eatest tools y ou can o wn to protect y ourself and y our f amily in da ngerous situa tions- -with y our phon e at y our side, help is only three numbers a wa y . Dial 9-1-1 or other local emer gency n umber in the cas e of fire , traf fic acci dent, r oad hazar d or medi cal emerge ncy . R eme mber , it is a f ree call on y our wireless phone ! 9 Use y our wireless phone to help others in emer gencies. Y our wir eless phone pr o vides y ou a perfect o ppor tunity to be a "G ood Samar itan" in your community . If y ou see an au to acc ident, crime in progress or other serious emergenc y w here liv es a re in danger , call 9-1-1 o r other lo cal eme rgency number , as y ou would w a nt others to do for y ou. 10 Call r o adside assistance or a special wireless non-emergency assistance number w he n necessar y . Cer tain situ ations y o u enco unter while dri v ing may r equire attention, but are not ur gent en ough to merit a call for emergency services. But y ou still can use y our wireless phon e to lend a ha nd. If y ou see a broken-do wn v ehicle posing no serious h azard, a brok en traffic signa l, a minor traffic accid ent w he re no one appears injured or a vehicle y ou know to be stolen , call roadside assistance or other special no n-emergency wireless number . Careless, distracted individuals and pe ople driving irresponsibly r epresent a hazard to ev er y one on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecommunications Industry Associ ation and the wi rel ess industry ha v e conduct ed education al outr eac h to inf orm wir eless phone user s of their r espon sibil ities as sa fe dri vers and good ci tizens . As we approach a ne w centur y , more and more of us will ta k e ad v a ntage of the benefits of wireless telephones. And, as w e take to the ro ads, w e all ha ve a r esponsibility to driv e safely . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 113 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
1 14 Copyright é 2003 Nokia T he wireless industry reminds you to use your phon e saf ely when driving . F or more inf o rmation, please call 1-888-901-SAFE. F or updat es: http://www .wo w-com.c om/consume r/issues/driving/ article s.c fm?ID=85 é 2001 Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association. All Rights R eserv ed. 1250 Connecticut A ven ue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-0081 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 114 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 5 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Appendix B Message from the FDA (U.S. Food a nd Drug Administration) to all users of mobile phones. J uly 18, 2001 ........ . F or updates: http://w ww .fda.go v/cdrh/phones 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 115 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
1 16 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Consumer Update on Wirel ess Phones U.S. Foo d and Dru g Administr ation 1. Do wir eless phones pose a health h azard? The a vaila ble scienti fic evidence does not sho w that any health problems are associated with usin g wireless phones. There is no proof , ho w ev er , that wireless phones are absolutely safe. W ireless phones e mit lo w levels of radiofrequency energ y (RF) in the m icro wa ve range while being used. They also emit very lo w lev e ls of RF w hen in the stand- b y mod e. Whereas high lev els of RF can produce health eff ects (by heating tissue), e xposure to lo w lev el RF that does not produce heating effects cau ses no kn o wn ad v erse health effects. Many stud ies of lo w lev e l RF exposures ha v e not found any biolog ical effects. Some stud ies ha v e sugg ested that som e biological e ffects ma y occur , but su ch findings ha v e not be en confir med by additional r esearch. I n some c ases, other r esearche rs ha v e had difficulty in reproducing those st udies, or in de termin ing the reason s f or inconsist ent results. 2. What is FDA's role concerning the safety of wireless phones? Under the la w , FD A does not revie w the safet y of radiation -emitting c onsumer products such as wireless p hones before they can be sold, as i t does w ith new drug s or medical dev ices. Ho wev er , t he agency has auth ority to ta k e action if wireless phones a r e shown to emit radiofrequenc y ene rgy (RF ) at a lev el that is ha zardous to the user . In such a case, FD A co uld require the manufacturers of wireless phones to no tify use rs of th e he alth ha zard an d to r epair , re plac e or r ecall th e phon es so that the h azard no lon ger exists. Although the e x isting scientif ic data do not justify FD A regulatory actions, FD A has ur ged the wir eless pho ne indus try to take a number of steps , incl uding the f ollo wing: ⢠Suppor t n eeded research into possible biologica l effects of RF o f the typ e emitted b y wireless phone s; ⢠Design wir eless phones in a w ay that minimizes any R F exposur e to the user that is not n ecess ar y for device fu nctio n; an d ⢠Cooperate in pro vidin g users of wireless phones with the be st possible inf or mation o n possible effects of wi re less ph one use on human he alth. FD A belon gs to an interage ncy wor king grou p of the fed eral agencies t hat ha v e responsibility f or different aspects of RF safety to ensure coordinated efforts at the federal lev el. The follo win g agencies b elong to this working group: ⢠National Instit ute fo r Occupational Safety and Health ⢠Envir onment al Protection Ag enc y ⢠F ederal C ommu nic ation s Comm iss ion ⢠Occupational Safety and Health Administra tion ⢠National T e lecommunications and Information Administration The National Institutes of Health p articipates in so me interagenc y w o r king group acti vities, as w ell. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 116 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 7 Copyright é 2003 Nokia FD A shares regulatory responsibilities for wireless phones with the Federal Communi cations Commi ssion (FCC ). All phone s that are sold in the United State s must comp ly with FCC safe ty guidelines t hat limit RF exposure. FCC relies on FD A and other h ealth agen cies for safety questio ns about wireless phone s. FCC also regulates the base stations that the wireless phone ne tw orks rely upon. While these base stations o perate at higher p o wer than do the wireless phones the mselv es, the RF exposures that people get from these base stations are typically thousands of times lo w er t han those they can g et from wireless phones. Base stations are thus not the subject of the safety questions discussed in this docume nt. 3. What kinds of phones are the subject of this update? The term wireless phone refe rs here to hand-held wireless phones with built-in antenna s, often called cell mob ile or PCS phones. These types of wireless phones can expose t he user to m easurable radiofrequency energ y (RF) because of the sho rt dis tanc e betw een t he phon e and the us erâ s hea d. T hes e RF e xpos ur es ar e limite d b y F ede ral Communications C ommission safety guide lines that wer e dev e loped with the ad vice of FD A and o ther fe der al he alth and sa fet y agenci es . Wh en t he pho ne is loca ted at g reater di stance s from th e use r , the exp osure to R F is d rastica lly lo w er because a pe rson's RF exposure decreases rapidly with increasing distance from the source. The so-called co rdless phones; w hich ha v e a base un it connec ted to the telephone w iring in a house , typically operate at far lo wer po wer le v els, and thus produce RF exposures far below the FCC sa fety limits. 4. What are the results of the research done already? Th e re sear ch done thus far has pr oduce d conf li cting re sult s, an d many st udie s ha v e suffer ed from f la w s in their resear ch methods. Animal e xperiments inv e stigating the effects of ra diofrequenc y energy ( RF) exposures characteristic of wireless phones hav e yi elded con f licti ng results that ofte n canno t be repeated in other laboratories . A fe w animal st udies, ho wev er , hav e sugg ested that low lev e ls of RF could ac celerate the dev elopment of cancer in laboratory an imals. Ho w ev er , many of the st udies tha t sho wed increased tumor d ev e lopmen t used an imals that ha d been g enetica lly engin eered or treated w ith canc er-causing chemicals so as to be pre-disposed to d ev e lop canc er in the absen ce of RF exposure. Othe r studies exposed the animals to RF for up to 22 hours per day . These conditions are not similar to the condition s under w hich people use wireless phones, so w e donâÂÂt kno w with cert ainty w hat the results of such studies mean f or human healt h. Thre e large epidemio log y studies hav e been published since De cember 2000. Between them , the studie s inv est igat ed any possible assoc iation be tween the use of wireless phones and primar y brain cancer , g lioma, me ningioma, or acou stic neuroma, tum ors of the b rain or saliv a ry g land, leu kemia, or other canc ers. None of the st udie s demon str ated th e ex istenc e of any h armful health e ff ects from wireless phone R F exposures. Ho w ev er , none o f the studies c an answ e r questi ons about long- term exposures, since the a v erage period of phone use in these stud ies w as around t hree y e ars. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 117 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
1 18 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 5. What research is needed to decide whether RF exposure from wireless phones poses a health risk? A combinatio n of laboratory studies and epidemiological studies of peo ple actually using wireless phone s w ould pro vide some of the data that are needed. L ifetime animal exposure studies could b e completed in a few ye ars. Ho we v er , v ery large numb ers of a nimals w ould be ne eded to p ro vide r eliab le pr oof of a cancer prom oting eff ect if one exist s. Ep idemi ologi cal stud ies can pro vid e data tha t is dir ectly appl ica b le to huma n popula tions, but 10 or more ye ars follo w-up ma y be need ed to p r o vide answ ers about so me health e ffects, such as cancer . This is bec ause th e interv al betw een th e ti me of e xposur e to a canc er -cau sing agent and th e tim e tumors dev elop - if they do - ma y be many , many y ears. The interpr etation of epidemiolo gical stud ies i s ha mper ed b y dif ficult ies i n mea surin g ac tual RF e xpo sur e du ring da y-to- da y use of wireless phones. Many factors af fect this measur ement, such as the angle at w h ich the phone is held , or w hich model of phone is used. 6. What is FDA d oing to find o ut more about the p ossible health effects of wireless phone RF? FD A is w orking with the U .S . Nation al T o xicolog y Program and wi th groups of in v estigators around the w orld to ensur e that high priority animal studies are conduct ed to address impo rtan t que stions about th e effects of exposure to radiofrequenc y energ y (R F). FD A has been a leadi ng particip ant in the W or ld Health Or ganization Int ernationa l Electromagnetic Fields (EMF) P roject since its inceptio n in 1 996. An in f lue ntial result of this w ork has been th e dev elopment of a de tailed a genda of r esearc h needs th at has dri v en the esta bl ishment o f ne w r esear ch pr ogra ms ar ound t he w orld. The Proj ect has also helped de v elop a series of pub lic inf ormation do cuments on EMF issues . FD A and the Cellular T elecom munications & In ternet Asso ciat ion (C TIA) ha v e a f ormal Cooperati v e R esear ch and Dev elopment Agreemen t (CRAD A) to do resear ch on wireless phone safety . FD A pro vides the scientific ov ersight, o btaining i nput from experts in g o v er nmen t, industr y , and academic organizatio ns. CTIA-f unded resear ch is conducted through contracts to independ ent inv estig ators. The initial resear ch will include both laboratory stu dies and studies o f wireless phone users. The CRAD A will also include a broad assessment of additional researc h needs in the cont ext of the late st research dev elop ments around the wor ld. 7. How can I find out how much radi ofrequency e nergy exposu re I can get by using my wirel ess pho ne? All phones so ld in the United St ates must comply with F ederal Commun ications Commission ( FCC) guidelin es that limit radiofrequenc y energy ( RF) exposures . FCC established th ese guide lines in consu ltation with FD A and t he other fe deral health and safety ag encie s . The FCC limit for RF exposure from wireless teleph ones is set at a Specific Absorption R ate (SAR) of 1.6 w atts per kilogr am (1.6 W/kg). T he FCC limit is c onsiste nt with the safety standards dev eloped by the I nstitute of Electri cal and El ectro nic Engi neering (IE EE) and th e Nation al Counc il on R adiation Protection and M easurement . The exposure limit takes into conside ration the bodyâ s ability to remo ve heat fr om the tissues that absorb energ y from the wireless phone a nd is set well belo w levels kno wn t o ha v e effects. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 118 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 9 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Manufacturers of wireless phone s must r epor t the RF e xposu r e lev el f or each model of phone to the FC C. The FC C w ebsite (http ://www .fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety ) giv es directions for locating the FCC identific ation numbe r on y our phone so y ou can find y our phon eâ s R F exposure lev el in the online listing. 8. What has FDA done to measure the radiofrequency energy coming from wi reless phones? The Institut e of El ectrical a nd Electronic Enginee rs (IEEE) is dev eloping a technical standard for measuring the rad iofrequency e nergy ( RF) exposure from wireless phones and o ther wireless hand sets with the par ticipation a nd leadersh ip of FD A scientis ts and eng ineers. The stan dard, R eco mmen ded Practic e for Determ ining th e Spatial-Peak Specific Absorp tion Rate (SAR) in the Hum an Body Due to W ir eless Communica tions Devices: E xperiment al T echniques, set s fo r th the first co nsistent test met hodolog y for measuring t he rate at w hich RF is deposi ted in the hea ds of wireless phone use rs. T he test m ethod use s a tissue-simulating model of the human head. Standar dized SAR test methodology is expected to gr eatly impro v e the consistenc y of mea surements m ade at different laboratories on th e same ph one. SAR is th e meas urement of th e am ount of e nergy absorbed in tissue, e ither by th e w ho le body or a small part of the body . It is measured in w atts/kg (or milliw at ts/g) of ma tter . This measu r ement i s used to det ermin e w hether a wir eless phon e complies w ith safety guidelines. 9. What ste ps can I take to reduce my exp osure to radi ofrequency energy from my wireless phone? If t here is a ris k fr om thes e pr oduct s--and at this point w e do n ot kno w that th er e is--it is pr obably v er y small. But if y ou are concerned a bout a v oiding ev en poten tial risks, y ou can take a few simple steps to minim ize y o ur exposure to radiofrequency energ y (RF) . Since tim e is a key factor in how muc h exposure a person receives , reducing the amoun t of time spent using a wireless phone w ill reduce RF exposure. If y ou must co nduct exte nded conv e rsations by wireless pho ne ev er y day , y ou co uld place mo re distance between y o ur body and the sou rce of the RF , since the exposure lev el drop s off dramatically w ith distance. F or example, y ou could use a head set and carr y the wi r eless phone a wa y from y our body or u se a wireless phone connect ed to a remote anten na. Ag ain, the scientific d ata do no t demonstrate that wireless phones are harm ful. But if y ou are conc erne d about the RF exposu re from these produc ts, y ou can use measu r es li k e th ose de scr ibed a bo v e to r educe y our RF e xpos ur e fr om wir eles s phone use . 10. What about children using wir eless phones? The s cientif ic ev idence does not s ho w a danger to users of wir eless phon es, in cl uding chi ldr en and tee nagers . If y ou w ant to tak e steps to lo w er e xposur e to radiofr equency energ y (RF) , the measures de scribed abo ve w o uld apply t o children and teenagers using wireless phone s. R educing the tim e of wireless phone u se and inc reasing the distance bet w een the user and the RF source will reduce RF exposure.Some g roups sponso re d by other natio nal go v ernments ha v e ad vised that c hildr en be discour aged 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 119 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
120 Copyright é 2003 Nokia from using wireless phones at all. F or example, the go v ernmen t in the United Kingdo m distributed leaf lets containi ng such a r ecomme ndation in Dece mber 2000. They note d that no evidence exists that using a wir eless phone causes brain tumors or other ill effects. T heir recommendation to limit wireless phon e use by children w as strictly precautionar y; it was not based on scientific evidenc e that any h ealth hazard exists. 1 1. W hat about wireless phone interference w ith medical equip ment? Ra diofr equency ener gy (RF) from wir eless phones can intera ct with some elect roni c dev ices . F or th is r eason, FD A help ed de v elop a detail ed t est me thod to me asur e electromagnetic interf erence (EMI) of implanted cardiac pacemak ers and defibrillators fr om wi r ele ss tel epho nes . T his test method is no w part of a stan dar d sponso re d b y the Association f or the Adv an cement of Me dical instrume ntation (AAMI ). The final draft, a jo int effort by FD A, medical dev ice manufac turers, and many othe r groups, w as c ompleted in late 2000. This standard will allo w manufacturers to ensur e that card iac pace mak ers and def ibrill ators ar e safe fr om wir eles s phone EMI. FD A has tested hea ring aids f or interf eren ce from ha ndheld wir eless phones a nd helped de vel op a v oluntary standar d sponsor ed by the Institu te of Electri cal and Electr onic En gineers (IEE E). Th is stan dard sp ecifies tes t methods and perf ormance requirements f or hearing aids and wireless phon es so th at no interference occ urs w hen a person uses a compatible phone and a accompanied hearing aid at the same time. T his standar d was a ppr o v ed by the IEEE in 2000. FD A conti n ues to mo nitor the use of wireless phones for possible interactions with other med ical devices. Should harm ful interference be found to oc cur , FD A will condu ct tes ting to a ssess the in terference a nd wor k to resolve the problem. 12. Where can I find additio nal information? F or additiona l information, plea se refer to the f ollo wing resources: ⢠FD A w eb page on wireless ph ones http://w ww .f da.go v/cdrh/p hones/ind ex.html ⢠F ederal Communications Commission (FCC) RF Safety Pro gram http://www .fcc.go v/oet/rfsafety ⢠Intern ational Co mmission on Non-Ioniz ing Radiation Protection http://www .icnir p .de ⢠W orld Health Organ izati on (WHO ) Inter nati onal EMF P roject http://www .who .in t/emf ⢠National Radiolog ical Protection Bo ard (UK) http://ww w .n rpb .org.uk/ J uly 18, 2001 F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phone s 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 120 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 12 1 C opyright é Nokia 2003 Index A access ibility loopset 21 web site 21 accessor ies boom headset (HDB-5) 99 car kit (PPH-1) 101 carry case (CSM -6) 102 charger (AC P-12) 97 charger (A CP-7) 97 charger (A CP-8) 97 charger (LC H-9) 98 headset ( HDC-5) 98 headset ( HDE-2) 99 mobile holder (MBC-6) 100 reference information 96 safety information 94 settings 56 spare battery charger (DDC-1) 98 accessor y TTY adapter 100 acti ve call opti ons 60 alarm clock 75 phone off 75 set 75 snooze 75 turn off 75 analog selection 71 antenna conta ct 16 location 16 performance 16 proper position 16 automatic redial 66 B back c over attaching 17 removing 17 battery chargin g 18 chargin g time 95 important information 18 initial charging 18 install 16 prolong life 19 reference info rmation 94 remove 17 standby time 95 talk time 95 busine ss cards 77 delete 78 receive 77 sav e 77 send 77 C calcu lator 76 call durat ion viewing 43 call fo rwa rding 63 activate 64 feature codes 63 call log about 41 clear lists 42 dialed calls 42 missed calls 42 options 41 received calls 42 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 121 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
122 Copyright é Nokia 2003 call ti mers 43 clear timers 43 current call t imer 43 call wait ing 64 activate 64 answer 65 feature code 64 manage calls 65 storing the feature code 64 calls answer 24 automatic redial 66 confere nce 61 duration of 43 end 24 forward 63 make 23 redial last 24 silence 24 speed d ialing 67 touch to nes 67 car ch arg er 98 car k it 101 automatic answer 57 default profile 57 set the lights 57 carry case 102 chan ge 1-touch dialing numbers 67 contact li st vie w 40 earpiece v olume 24 letter case 33 message ale rt tone 55 profile name 56 ringing tone 54 ringing volume 55 security co de 73 time format 58 char ge t he ba ttery 18 charg er ACP-12 97 ACP-7U 97 ACP-8U 97 connec ting 18 information 94 clea r call lis ts 42 clock 58 alarm 75 automatic u pdate 58 set the time 58 sho w/h ide 59 time format 58 colo r covers 103 conf eren ce cal ls 61 cont act list delete entrie s 39 enter e- mail address es 38 memory sta tus 40 menu 31 menu options 31 new entry 38 quick ac cess 24 scrolling view 40 cont act No kia 20 cover attaching 17 removing 17 curren cy conv ersion 76 custo mer c are 20 D delete call lists 42 contact li st entries 39 messages from folde rs 47 text me ssages 49 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 122 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 123 C opyright é Nokia 2003 dialed call s deleting 42 viewing 42 digita l selecti on 71 disp lay l anguag e 58 download ringing tones 78 E e-ma il mes sag es 51 emergency cal ls making 91 things to remember 91 with keyp ad lo cke d 72 enteri ng e-mail addresses 38 names and n umbers 37 text 32 F folde rs about 47 archive 47 delete message s from 47 inbox 47 outbox 47 four -way sc rollin g 34 G games 82 Pairs II 83 Snake II 83 Space Impact 83 H head set connec t 19 HDB -5 99 HDC -5 98 HDE-2 99 make and answer calls 19 hearin g impair ed solution s 21 help text 26 I icons 26 illustr ated view antenna 16 battery inst all 16 battery remova l 17 connect th e cha rger 18 headset c onnection 19 phone 16 power key 23 in-call o ptions 60 in-pho ne hel p 26 K Keyguard 72 keypad illustrated vi ew 16 L label 20 langua ge se tting 58 letter s uppercase and lowercase 33 lithium ion batte ry 96 lock/unlock the key pad 72 loopse t 21 how it work s 21 set for use 57 M memor y conta ct list 40 text messag e 49 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 123 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
124 Copyright é Nokia 2003 menu sh ortcuts about 27 list of 28 menu tips 27 menus 27 messa ges alert tone 55 check vo ice mail 44 e-ma il 51 picture 50 read 48 text 48 text entr y 32 write a nd sen d 48 Minute Manage r 84 misse d cal ls deleting 42 viewing 42 mobile h older 100 N network sear ch 70 network ser vices 15 Nokia accessorie s 96 custom er care center 20 warranty 106 O one-tou ch dialing 67 P personali zation 53 phone illustrated 10 menus 27 register 15 swit ch on /of f 23 warranty 106 picture messages 50 power 23 pred icti ve tex t 35 turn off 35 turn on 35 prepaid 79 add money to account 80 check ba lance 79 saving ac cess numbe rs 80 profiles accessor y settings 56 custom ize 54 selecting 53 punctuat ion 34 R receive d c alls deleting 42 viewing 42 refere nce in forma tion 87 ringi ng options 54 tone 54 volume 55 ringi ng ton es chang e 54 download 78 receiving 78 sav e 78 S save e-mail addresse s 38 names and n umbers 37 ringing tones 78 text me ssages 47 voice mailbox number 44 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 124 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 125 C opyright é Nokia 2003 sear ch fo r netw ork 70 secu rity cod e 73 serv ice p rov ider sig ning u p 15 special characters available 34 four-way scrolling 34 stan dby ti me 95 star t scr een 25 stri ngs, t ouch tone 69 symbols 34 T talk time 95 text clues 12 text mess ages 48 length 45 recipients 45 time 58 automatic u pdate 58 select the format 58 set t he clo ck 58 timer s check 43 clear 43 current call 43 touc h ton es length 68 manual 68 sending 69 setting 67 sto ring 69 storing with num bers 69 troubles hootin g 105 TTY 21 TTY adapter 100 TTY comm unicat ion 100 turn the ph one on/off 23 U unlo ck the k eypa d 72 user guid e updates 12 user guid e conve ntions 12 V vibratin g alert 55 view call duration 43 clock on start s creen 59 dialed calls 42 missed calls 42 pictur e mess ages 51 received calls 42 received messages 48 special charac ters 34 voice m ail 44 listen to m essages 45 messages 44 save number 44 volume earpie ce 24 keypad t ones 56 ringing 55 W warn ing to nes 56 warran ty 106 web sites accessibility i nformation 21 register your phone 15 write and send a me ssage 48 X Xpres s-on color covers 103 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 125 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
126 Copyright é Nokia 2003 NOTES 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 126 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 127 C opyright é Nokia 2003 NOTES 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 127 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
128 Copyright é Nokia 2003 NOTES P ara obtener un manual del u suario en español favor de llama r o enviar un fax al telé fono 1- 888- NOKIA- 2U, fax 813-249- 96 1 9. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 128 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
ii The wireless phone described in t his guide is approved for use in t he TDMA and AMPS networks. LEGAL I NFORMATION P art No. 9355957, Issue No. 1 Copyright é 2003 Nokia. All right s reserved. Nokia, Nokia Conne cting P eople, the No kia Ori ginal A ccess ories l ogos, Nokia 2260, Space Im pact and Snake II are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nokia. All other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respective owners Printed in Canada 03 /2003 US P atent No 5818437 and other pending patents. T9 text input software Copyright é 1999-2003. Tegic Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . The information contained in this user guide was written for the Nokia RH-39 phone. Nokia operates a policy of continuous development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes and improvements to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NOKIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DATA OR INCOME OR AN Y SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, AND CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMA GES HOW SOEVE R CAUSE D. THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW , NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS O R IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITE D TO , THE IMPLIED W ARRA NTIES OF MERCHAN TABIL ITY AND FI TNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE, AR E MADE IN RELATION TO THE ACCURACY AND RELIAB ILITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT . NOKIA RESERVES T HE RIGHT TO REVISE THIS DO CUMENT OR WIT HDRAW IT AT ANY TIM E WITHOUT PR IOR NO TICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Export A dministration regulations. Diversion contrary to U.S. or Canadian law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio interfer ence (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you require assistance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is sub ject t o the condit ion that th is d evice does not ca use h armf ul int erfe rence . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page ii Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2 260 User Guide 3 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Conte nts 1 For your safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 Welcome and quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 1 Get the most out of t his guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Get started wi th the quick guid e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Understand wireless network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Register y our phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 E-newslet ters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 The anten na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 The battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Set up your he adset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Get help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0 3 Basic operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Switch your phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Make and answer calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Check the s tart screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Check in-p hone help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Browse phone menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Contact list menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 4 Te xt entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Standard text en try . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Spaces, punct uation, and speci al characters entr y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Predicti ve text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 5 Contact list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Use contac t list menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Save names, numbers, and e-mail address es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Recall names and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Edit a name or number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Delete na mes and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 3 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
4 Copyright é 200 3 Nokia Customiz e your contac ts view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Check memory status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 0 6 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Call log options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Check miss ed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Check rec eived calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Check dia led calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Use call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 3 7 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 V o ice mai l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 4 T ext, e-mail, and picture mes sages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 T ext messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Picture messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 E-mail me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 8 P ersonalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 9 Advanced calling features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Understand active-call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Use voice privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Use call forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Use call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Use send own caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Select a phone number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Use automa tic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Use 1-to uch dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Set touch tone s trings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Link contac t list entr ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Select a syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 4 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2 260 User Guide 5 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 1 0 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Use K eyguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Understand the security code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Restric t calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 1 1 Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Use the al arm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Use the ca lculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Busine ss cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Download a ri nging tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 12 Prepaid services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Manage prepaid serv ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Check your prepaid balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Add money to your account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Call cust omer service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Save your acce ss numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Expirati on date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 13 Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Start a new game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Snake II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Space impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 P airs II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 3 14 Minute Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Check your call informati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Check your account informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Customer c are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 15 Reference information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Batter y statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Proper care and maintenan ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Important safe ty information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Make emergen cy calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 5 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
6 Copyright é 200 3 Nokia Accessory safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Accessori es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 T echnical inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 04 T roubleshootin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 05 Nokia One-Ye ar Limited Warr anty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Appendi x A Message from the CTI A to all users of mob ile phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Appen dix B Message fr om the FDA to all users of mob ile phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 6 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 7 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 1 For your safety Read these simple guidelines . Breaking the rules may be dangerous or ille gal. Further det ailed information is given in th is manual.. Do not switch on th e phone when wire less phone use is prohibited or when it m ay cause in terference or d anger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a hand-he ld phone while drivin g. INTERFERE NCE All wireless phone s may get interfe rence, which c ould affect performance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPIT AL S Follow any re gulations or rule s. Switch the p hone off near m edical equip ment. SWIT CH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devic es can cause int erference in aircraft. SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Don't use the pho ne at a refu eling poi nt. Don't use near f uel or chemi cals. SWIT CH OFF NEAR BLASTING Don't use the phone where blasting is in progress. Observe restrictions, and follow any regulation s or rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the norma l position. Don't touc h the antenna unne cessarily . QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel m ay install or repair phon e equipment. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 7 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
8 Copyright é 2003 Nokia For your safety ACCESSORIES AND BA TT ERIES Use only approved accessories and batteries. Do not conne ct incompatible produ cts. W A TER-RESIST ANCE Y o ur wireless ph one is not wate r-resistant. Keep it dry . CALLIN G Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , inclu ding the area code, t hen pr ess th e Tal k ke y . To e nd a c al l, pr ess t he End key . To answe r a call, press t he Tal k key . EMERGENCY C ALLS Ensure the pho ne is switc hed on an d in service. Pre ss the End key as many tim es as neede d (for examp le, to exit a call, to exit a menu) to clear t he dis play . Enter the eme rgency n umber , then press t he Tal k key . Give your location. Do not end the c all until told to do so. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 8 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 9 Copyright é 2003 Nokia NOTES 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 9 Wednesday, Febr uary 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 Copyright é 2003 Nokia For your safety Nokia 2260 phone at a glance Tal k ke y Disp lay scr een Scroll up key Left selection ke y Star key End key Microphone Earpiece Right selection key Po w e r k e y Connecti on port Po u n d k e y Numb er keys Scroll down key 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 10 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 2 W elcome and quick guide Congratulations on your pu rchase of a Nokia mobile phone , a new tool for the mobile information society . ⢠GET THE MOST OUT OF THIS GUIDE The diagram to th e left illustrates the various co mponents of your phone . Familiarize yourself with the diagram to help you be tter understand the instructions th at follow . Understand the terms This guide uses certain terms for the steps that y ou are asked to pe rform. ⢠Press means to briefly press, th en release a key . For example, press 7 means press th e key on the keypad that is la beled with the numbe r 7 and th e letters , âÂÂp,q,r ,s.â â¢ Press and hold means to press and hold a key for two to three sec onds (depen ding on the fe ature b eing use d), th en relea se the ke y . ⢠Highlig hted options on th e scre en are en closed withi n a dark bar . The selection k eys are used to act on the high lighted option. ⢠Selecti on ke ys are us ed to select a menu option, pre ss the selection ke y below th e menu item on the ph oneâÂÂs screen. In the exam ple to the righ t, to sele ct Menu , you would pres s the left sele ction key . To access the contact list, press Contacts (the right selection key) . ⢠Scroll key s are used to m ove up and down in the menus. For example, if ins tructed to scroll to anothe r contact list entry , this means to press Scroll u p or Scroll dow n key . â¢T h e Tal k ke y is used to pla ce a call or to answer a n incoming call. â¢T h e End ke y is used to end a call or pre ss and hold to return to th e idle screen. Left Selection Right Selection Scroll down End Tal k Scroll up 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 11 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
12 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide Notice text clues This user guide provides text c lues to mak e instructi ons clear and e asy to follow . Follow graphic clues This guide uses icons (graphi c clues) to ale rt you to import ant information. Tip: Information about a shortcut or an alternate method of doing something. Note: Explanation about a featu re or an important concept. Importan t: Critical information about a fe ature. Caution: Help to av oid information loss. Warn in g: Help to avoid personal injury , damage to the phone, or property damage. Look for updates From time to time, Nokia updates this user gu ide to reflect change s or corrections. The latest ve rsion may be available a t www.nokia.com /us . Also, an intera ctive tutorial may be av ailable at www .nokiaho wto.com . Clue What it means bold Indicates one of the follow ing items: ⢠The word or phrase appears on the ph oneâÂÂs screen. ⢠Spe cial t ext, such as Note s and War nin gs . ⢠The name o f one of the phone keys. bold and blu e Indicates the text is an address on the World Wide Web . italic Italics indicate emphasis. Pay close attention to a ny information in italics. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 12 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 13 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠GET STARTED WITH THE QUICK GUIDE Make a call Enter phone number , press the Tal k key . Answe r a call Press th e Tal k key or Answer . Answe r with call waitin g Press th e Tal k key . End a call Press th e End key . Sile nce a call Press th e End key . Redial Press th e Tal k key twice . Adju st ca ll volu me Duri ng a cal l, press the Scroll u p key to increase the volume or th e Scro ll down key to decrea se the v olume. Use the in-call m enu In a call, press Options . Use 1 -touc h di aling Press and hold one of keys 2 - 9 . Save a name and nu mber Enter a number , press Save , ente r a nam e, an d pre ss OK . Retrie ve a name /numbe r Press Contac ts , select Find . Retrie ve a name /number during a call Press Options , scro ll New call , press Select , press Find , enter first letter of the name. Check voice ma il Press and hold 1 or call your voice mailbox number . Send a t ext message Press Menu 1-1 . Write the mes sage. Pr ess Options ( Send will be the first option), pres s Sel ect , enter the recipient âÂÂs number , the n press Send . Send a busin ess card Retrieve a n ame from t he contact list, press Options , sele ct Send bus. car d , enter the recipientâ s number , then press Send . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 13 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
14 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide Send a n e- mail messa ge Press Menu 1- 2 . Enter the recipientâÂÂs address, press OK , enter the subject, pre ss OK , write t he messag e, press Options , scroll to Send , then press Select . (You may need to enter th e gateway n umber your s ervice provider gave you.) Read ne w message Press Read . If you have more tha n one me ssage, scroll to the on e you wa nt, then press Read again. Reply to a me ssage Press Options , scro ll to Reply , then pre ss Sel ect . Reply to an E-mai l message When reading the mess age, press Options , scroll to Reply , then pr ess Select . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 14 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 15 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠UNDERSTAND WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES The wireless phone de scribed in this guide is approv ed for use on the TDMA and AMPS networks. A number of fea tures include d in this guide a re called Netw ork Services. These are special services you arrange through yo ur wireless servi ce provider. Before you can take a dvantage of any of these N etwork S ervices, you must subscribe to them throu gh your se rvice provider and obta in instructions for their use from your service provider . Note: Some networks m ay not support all langua ge-dependent characters and/or services. Network services fo r your N okia pho ne include : ⢠V o ice mail an d voice priva cy ⢠Call wait ing, call forwarding, and caller ID ⢠T ext, e-mail , a nd pict ure messages ⢠Ability to se nd your own number Sign up with a service provider Before you ca n use any ne twork service s, you must sign up w ith a wirele ss service provider . Your service provide r will supply descriptions of spe cial features and instructions for u sing their servic es. ⢠REGISTER YOUR PHONE Make sure to re gister your phone at www .wa rranty .nokiausa.com or 1-888-NOKIA-2U ( 1 -88 8 -66 5 -42 2 8) so th at w e c an be tt er se r ve you , if yo u s ho ul d need to call the center or have yo ur phon e repaire d. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you reg ister yo ur ph one, yo u can si gn up f or Noki a's e- newsl etter Nokia Connectio ns if you would like . Y ou will receive tips and tricks on using your phone , accessory information, and special offers. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 15 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
16 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide ⢠THE ANTENNA Tip: Y our ph one ha s a bu ilt -in a nte nna . As with an y other r adio tran smittin g device, d o not touch the antenna unnece ssarily wh en the phone is switched on. Co nta ct w ith t he ant en na af fects ca ll qual ity an d may cause the pho ne to ope rate at a high er po wer le vel th an oth erwis e neede d. Not to uchin g the anten na are a durin g a pho ne call optim izes the antenna performance and the t alk-time of your phone. Normal position: Hold the phone as you w ould any othe r telephone with the antenna pointed up and over your shoulde r . ⢠THE BATTERY This se ction tells you ho w to in stall a nd rem ove t he batt ery . Y ou w ill need t o rem ove the battery wh en replacing it, or to v iew the phoneâÂÂs label (located under the battery). For imp ortant safety information on using batterie s and chargers, see âÂÂAccessory safetyâ on page 94. Install the battery 1 Place t he bat tery in the compartme nt with the label sid e facing up and the golden contact area of the battery aligned with the contact prongs inside the phone. 2 Press down on the batt ery until it snaps in to place. 1 2 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 16 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 17 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 3 Alig n the co ver over the bac k of the phone, placing the end of the cover approximately 1/4 in ch past the en d of the ph one. Lo wer the back cover onto th e phone. 4 Press down slightly and slide the cover until it locks into pla ce. Remove the battery If you purc hase a new ba ttery or need to acc ess informat ion on th e phoneâÂÂs l abe l, you may n eed to remov e the battery. Make s ure the phon e has been turned off for at leas t 1 0 seconds. Importan t: Dispose of batteries according t o applicable local regulations (for example, recycling). Do not dispose as household waste. 1 Hold the phone wit h the back fa cing you. At t he botto m corners of the phone, press the battery cove r with your t humb and forefinger . 2 Plac e the th umb of y our othe r hand in the gr oove, approximate ly 1 inch fr om the to p of the phone . Apply pressure with the thumb , sli d e the back cove r toward you to r ele ase it, then remove it. 1/4 inch 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 17 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
18 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide 3 Look for th e battery latch th at ru ns alo ng the end of the b attery near est the top of the phone. 4 Place your thumbs on the corners of the latch and press away from the battery . 5 Once the battery is released from the latch, it will lift s lightly so that it can be rem oved from the ph one. Warning: Use on ly your ha nds to remove the battery . Do not use any objects that may damage the phone or th e battery . Charge the battery Before you begin usi ng your phone, you need to prepare your phone by charging the batte ry . 1 Plu g the charger into a standard wall outlet, then connect t he lead f rom the cha rger to the bottom of the phone. 2 The battery power indica tor (or battery bar) appears on the screen and starts scrolling. Charging appears if the phone is on. 3 When the battery bar stops scrolling, the battery charge is complete. Bat ter y full appears if the phone is on. 4 Disconnect the charger from the phone. IMPORT ANT BATTERY INFORMATIO N Use the following guidelines to obtain the best pe rformance from yo ur battery: ⢠With your pho ne turned off, c harge your new b attery for three h ours before its first use. Use the battery until it is fully discharged. Repeat this procedu re twice for a to tal of three charging c ycles. ⢠Battery ope ration time ma y be les s than the estimated tim es during th e first charges. T his condition is normal. ⢠If the battery is full y discharged, the scroll ing bars may not appear immediately wh en charging. ⢠After the first c harge, you can m ake and receive calls during th e charging cycle, but the ca lls interrupt the cha rge. When the phone call ends, the ch arge wi ll re su me. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 18 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 19 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠The bars on the screen stop scrolling and remain con stant when the phone is charged. If y ou leave th e phone con nected to the charger , the battery re ceives an additional charge. Note: The batte ry will accept a âÂÂtrick le char geâ for a n addit ional tw o hours. See âÂÂReference informatio nâ on page 87 for more information on batteries. ⢠Chargi ng tim e depen ds on t he cha rger an d batt ery us ed. See â Ba tteriesâ on page 95 for charging, talk, and standby times. PROLONG BATTERY LIFE For good operation ti mes with NiMH batteries, discharge th e battery from time to time by leaving your phone switched on until it turns itself off. Ignore any messages t o recharge you r battery an d let th e battery com pletely dis charge. Importan t: Do no t attempt to dis charge the battery by any other means . ⢠SET UP YOUR HEADSET Y our phone is c ompatible with the HDC -5, HDC-10, HDE-2, and HDB-5 head set s. The he adset pro vides conv enie nt, h ands- free use of the phone. Connect the headset 1 Plug the he adset plug into the bottom of you r phone. 2 Put the roun d ear plug into on e ear . Use the headset With th e headse t conne cted, you can ma ke and answer calls as usual. The micropho ne for the headset hangs at the side of your head. Alt hough the mi crophone may seem far from your mouth, you can speak at a normal volume. Note: Y ou can set your phon e to answer au tomatically wh en the hea dset is connected. See âÂÂAutomatic answerâ on page 57 for more information. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 19 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
20 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide â¢G E T H E L P Find your phoneâÂÂs label Wh en yo u cal l t h e N ok ia Cu st om er Ca re C en ter o r y ou r s er vi ce pr ov id er, yo u will need to provide sp ecific informa tion about your pho ne. This informat ion is re co rd ed on the phoneâÂÂs type label. The type labe l is located under the batt ery inside the phoneâÂÂs back cover . It contains the mode l and serial numbers as well as other important information about your phone . Please do not remove or deface the label. Contact Nokia If you have a que stion and have already c hecked the Troubleshooting section (see page 105), we recommend that you h ave the following in formation available before contacting t he Nokia Custom er Care Center or you r service provide r: ⢠Y ou r phoneâÂÂs model nu mber ⢠ESN (Electronic se rial numbe r â located on t he label under the bat tery) ⢠Y ou r billing address ZIP c ode ⢠The phone or accessory in question Contact your service prov ider Y ou may want to save your service providerâÂÂs customer support telephone number into your phone . This will let yo u easily contac t your provider if you have que stions or issues with your phone service. Nokia Customer Care Center , USA Customer Care Ce ntre, Canada Nokia Mobile Phones 7725 Woodland Center Blvd. Suite # 150 Tampa, Florida 33614 Tel: 1-8 88-NOKI A-2U (1-888-665 -4228) Fax: 1-8 13-249-9619 For TTY/TDD u sers: 1-800-24-N OKIA (1 -800-246 -6542) Nokia Products Ltd. 601 W estney Road South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Tel: 1 -888-22-N OKIA (1-888-2 26-6542) Fax: 1-905-427 -1070 Web si te : www .nokia. ca 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 20 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 21 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Receive accessibility information Nokia is comm itted to m akin g mob ile pho nes ea sy to use f or all individ uals, i nc lu di ng those wi th disabilities. Nokia maintains a n internet s ite that is de dicated to accessibility solu tions. For more information about phone features, accessories and other Nokia produc ts designed with you r needs in mind, visit th e web site at: www .nokiaac cessibilit y .com LPS-3 MO BILE I NDU CTIV E LO OPSE T The LPS-3 Loopset is a Nokia accessory designed to make t he phone more accessible to hearing-aid users. The loopset gives hearing-aid u sers clear access to digital telephony for the first time. It allows people with T-coil equipped hearing aids to make and receive calls without noise interference. T o activate the Loopset , see âÂÂAccessory settingsâ on page 56. Note: The loopset is sold separately as an ac cessory to the phone. HOW THE LOOPSE T WORKS The LPS-3 Loopset uses in ductive technology to transmit sound to a hearing aid equi pped with a T-coil. The sound from th e phone is amplified more efficient ly and background noise is eliminated. The loopset is easy to use. Wear the loopset around your neck, conne ct it to your phone, and speak directly toward th e microphone. For detailed instruction s on using the loopse t, refer to the book let that comes with the LPS-3. Set up the TTY/TDD profile Y ou can connect your p hone to a TTY /TDD us ing th e Nokia TT Y/TDD Adapter ( HDA-9). In order for your phone to recognize the TTY/TDD, you will n eed to connec t the adap ter t o you r phon e. Importan t: Some manufacturers of T TY/TDD devices s uggest that the phone be least 18 inches fr om the TTY/T DD device. Wh en connecti ng to an y othe r device, read i ts user guide or con tact its ma nufacturer for detailed instructions and safety information. 1 Connect the TTY/TD D with a ca ble to the HDA-9 adapte r . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 21 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
22 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Welcome and quick guide 2 Plug the HDA-9 adapter into the connector on the bottom of your phone, as shown in the illustration . . 3 Press Menu 4-4-4-1 ( Setting s > Acce ssory sett ings > TTY/TDD > Use TTY ). 4 Scroll to Ye s , then press Selec t . NOTES ABOUT TTY/TDD CALLS ⢠The Nokia TTY/ TDD Adapter (H DA-9) is for us e with co mpatible TTY/TDD devices only . Check with the manufac turer of the TTY/TDD device to ensure that the con nection is compatible. ⢠Check with the manufacturer of th e TTY/TDD device for the appropriate connec ting cable . ⢠TTY/TDD com munication s depend on ne twork ava ilability . C heck with your service provider for availability an d description of services. MAKE A TTY/ TDD CALL Tip: Before making a TTY/TD D call wi th your phone, check the signal stre ngt h. See âÂÂUnderstand indicators and iconsâ on page 25 for details. 1 From th e start scr een, ente r the number , and press the Tal k key . 2 When the receiving party answe rs, begin typing your conv ersation on the TTY/TDD. RECEIVE A TTY /TDD CA LL 1 Make s ure the TTY /TDD devic e is conn ected to yo ur pho ne. 2 Press the Tal k key to answer the call, t hen type your responses on the TTY\TDD. END A TTY/ TDD CALL Press th e End key . 18â 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 22 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 23 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 3 Basic operations This section gives a brief introdu ction to the phon e and shows quick steps for: ⢠Making and ans wering calls ⢠Adjusting the earpiec e volume ⢠Navigating through menus ⢠Using menu shortcuts Y ou will al so find information about the phoneâÂÂs icon s and how t o use in-pho ne help. The rest of this gu ide provides com plete details on phone u se. ⢠SWITCH YOUR PHONE ON OR OFF Warning: Do not swi tch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or w hen it may caus e inter fere nce or d anger . T o switch on your phone, press and hold the power key for 2 seconds. To s witch off your phone. ⢠Press and hold the power key . OR ⢠Pre ss the po wer key qu ickly . When Switch off! is highli ghted on the scr een, pr ess Selec t . ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS There are seve ral wa ys to ma ke and answ er ca lls on your phone. Once le arning about the basic me thods, you will discover other tips throughout this gu ide when reading about the phon eâÂÂs features. Use the keypad 1 Enter the p hone num ber , includin g the area co de if need ed. 2 Press th e Tal k key . Importan t: Do not t ouch the a ntenna whe n the phone is switc hed on. Conta ct with the antenna affe cts call quality and may c ause the phone to ope rate at a higher power le vel than otherw ise needed. Po w e r key 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 23 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
24 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Basic operations Use the contact list 1 From the start scree n, press the Scroll up or Scroll d own key and scr oll t o the number you want . 2 Press th e Tal k key to make th e call. Tip: To skip ahead quickly in the list, press the num ber key that has the first letter of the name. You may have to pre ss the key mo re than o nce to get to the correct lett er . Make a 1-touch dial call Press and ho ld the key as signed to th e numb er yo u wish to call. To learn how to store a numbe r for use w ith 1-to uch dialing se e âÂÂAssign a key t o 1-touch dialing â on page 6 7. End a call Press th e End key to end the call or to cance l the ca ll attempt. Answer a call When your ph one r ings, pres s the Tal k key . You can press a ny key to ans wer a call except the power key , end key , or the scroll keys. Note: If Keyguard is active, the keyp ad will un lock wh en you have an incoming call. Silence an incoming call Press th e End key or Silent to mute t he ringing of a n incoming c all. Redial the last-dialed number Press th e Tal k key twice. Adjust the earpiece volume Adjust the earpiece volume during a call by pressin g the scroll ke ys located ju st below the screen. ⢠Pre ss the Scro ll up key to inc rease the vol ume. ⢠Pre ss the Scroll dow n key to decrease the volume. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 24 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 25 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠CHECK THE START SCREEN When you switch on your ph one, a welcome appears, then you see the start screen . The s tart scre en appear s when th e phon e is idling or standing by . Understand the Scroll Bar When you press Menu , a vertical scroll bar appears on the right side of the screen. This scroll bar has a tab which moves up or down to indica te your loc ation in the menu. Understand indicators and icons Y o u have two t ypes of identifiers on y our phone: Indicators show the status of something. The phone uses three types of indicators: signal strength, battery power and handset volume. Icons are graphical representations of a specific item or situation. For example, an icon appears when you have a voice message in your m ailbox. Indicators ⢠Signal strength â shows the sign al strength of the wirele ss network at your current location. The higher the bar , the stronger the signal. ⢠Battery power â show s the battery charge level. The higher the bar , the more power in the batt ery . Start screen Scroll bar Signal strength indicator Batte ry power indicator 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 25 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
26 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Basic operations Ico ns ⢠CHECK IN-PHONE HELP Many me nu item s have brief he lp text. T o vie w the help te xt, scroll to t he menu item and wait for about 15 seconds. Press More or the Scro ll down key to continu e reading the text. P ress Back to exit or wait a fe w second s to return to the current m enu. Screen Icon What it mean s Active call in progress. Silent h as been selec ted as the current profile. The phon eâÂÂs ke ypad i s locked to prev ent a ny acci dental key pres ses. One (or m ore) new voic e messages w aiting. One or more new text messages w aiting. (If blinkin g, the te xt message me mory is full.) Digital servic e is available. Standard text input m ode for entering alph a characters. Press to switch between u ppercase and lowercase input. Predictive text mode fo r quickly entering text me ssages. Press # to switch between u ppercase and lowercase input. 123 mode. This icon appe ars when you press and hold # while enteri ng text. Y ou can now enter only num bers (not alpha characters). Press and hold # again to re turn to tex t entry mod e. Specia l ch arac ter mode. This appears when you press * while enteri ng text. Onc e the ch aracters a ppear , you ca n select a specia l character by selecting Inser t . Alar m cloc k is set . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 26 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 27 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠BROWSE PHO NE MENUS A menu is a list of choices you can make to change s ettings on your phone or use various phone features. Each men u ca n con tai n s ever al levels of submenus. Y ou can use menus and submenus two wa ys: by sc rolling or by using a shortcu t. This guide uses the shortcut method when de scribing how to use the phoneâÂÂs features. Scroll through menus 1 At the start screen, pr ess Menu , then scroll through th e menus us ing the Scroll up and Scroll d own keys . 2 Use th e scr oll and selecti on key s to nav igate t he subm enus; p ress t he End key to return to t he start screen. For example, when you see ( Menu > Profiles > Silen t ) the scro lling m etho d is: press Menu , scroll to Profiles and press Select , scroll to Silent and press Options . Return to the pr evious menu level Y o u can re turn to the previous menu leve l by pressing the selection key labe led Exit or Back . Return to the start screen from any menu level by pressing the End key . Use shortcuts Menus and opti ons are n umbered s o that you can quickly find you r way t o a n opt ion. Th e nu mb er s ap pea r in the t op right corner of th e screen and show yo ur l ocati on i n the m enu. 1 Press Menu . 2 Within 3 s econds, ent er the firs t number of th e menu fu nction yo u want to acce ss. 3 Repeat un til you have entered all t he num bers. For exa m ple, to sel ect the Silent pr ofile , press Menu 3-2-1 . MENU TIPS ⢠Y ou can scroll upward to quickly access the last option in a menu list. ⢠You can return to the previous menu level by pressing Back . ⢠To exit a menu and re turn to the start screen , press th e End key . If you leave a menu by pressing th e End ke y , you cancel any changes you made. ⢠Some menus may not appe ar . Ask your s erv ice prov ider fo r de tails. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 27 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
28 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Basic operations Menu shortcuts 1 MESSAGE S 1 Write messa ge . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 2 Write e-m ail . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 3 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 4 Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 5 Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 6 Delet e all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 7 Picture mes sages . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 8 V oice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1 Listen to v oice messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8- 1 2 Voice mailbox number . . 1-8 -2 2 CALL LOG 1 Missed cal ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2 Receive d calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 3 Dialed cal ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 4 Clear call l ists . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 1 All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-1 2 Missed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-2 3 Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3 4 Dialed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4 5 Call tim ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1 Duration of las t call . . . . 2-5-1 2 Duration of all calls . . . . 2-5-2 3 C lear timer s . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3 3P R O F I L E S 1 Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 -1 2 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1-2 1 Ringing options . . . 3 -1-2-1 2 Ringing tone. . . . . . 3-1-2-2 3 Ringing volu me . . . 3 -1-2-3 4 Vibrating al ert . . . . 3-1-2-4 5 Message al ert tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-5 6 Key pad tones . . . . .3 -1-2-6 7 Warning tones . . . . 3-1-2-7 8 Profile name 1 2 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 -2 1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 -1 2 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2-2 3 Meeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 -1 2 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3-2 4 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 -1 2 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4-2 5 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 1 Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 -1 2 Customize . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5-2 1 The Profile name option is available for Silent, Meeting, Outdoor and P ager . The Normal profi le cannot be renamed. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 28 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 29 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 4 SETTINGS 1 Time setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 1 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1 1 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1-1 2 Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -1-1-2 2 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 1 Show/Hide clock . . 4-1-2-1 2 Set the time . . . . . 4-1-2-2 3 Time format . . . . . 4-1-2-3 3 Auto-update of tim e. . . 4-1-3 2 Call s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 1 Automatic redi al . . . . . . 4-2-1 2 Current call tim er . . . . . 4-2-2 3 Phone set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 1 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1 2 T ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2 1 Manual t ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2-1 2 Touch tone length 4-3-2-2 3 Welcome note . . . . . . . . 4-3-3 4 Restore factory setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-4 4A c c e s s o r y s e t t i n g s 1 . . . . . . . . 4-4 1 Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1 2 Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2 3 Loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3 4 TTY/TDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4 5 Sec urit y s etti ngs . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 1 Call restri ctions . . . . . . . 4-5-1 2 Change s ecurity code . . 4-5-2 1 The Accessory settings menu will not appear until after an accessory has been connected to the phone. 6 Network servic es . . . . . . . . . . 4- 6 1 V oice privacy . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1 2 Call forwarding 2 . . . . . 4-6-2 3 Call wait ing 2 . . . . . . . . 4-6-3 4 Send own ca ller ID 2 . . . 4-6-4 5 Network feature setti ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-5 6 Own number selection 4-6-6 2 Call forwarding, call waiting and send own caller ID are network-depend ent featur es. In so me ne tworks , the codes for t hese featu res m ust be acti vate d and these sub menus will not appear until they are activated. 5S Y S T E M 1 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 2 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 3 New sea rch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 6G A M E S 1 Snake II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 2 Space Impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 3 P airs II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 4 Settin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 7 C A L C U L A T O R 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 29 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
30 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Basic operations 8 P R E P A I D 1 1 Check accou nt balance . . . . . 8-1 2 Add money to account. . . . . . 8-2 3 Call cust omer service . . . . . . . 8-3 4 Save access phone numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 1 Balance phone num ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4-1 2 Replenish phone num ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4-2 3 Customer s ervice phone number . . . . . . . . 8-4-3 5 Expirat ion date . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 1 The Prepaid menu is visible only when prepaid service is available in your network and/or activated on your acco un t. Ple ase contact your ser vice provider for more information on Prepaid servic es. 9 M I N U T E M G R . 2 1 My calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 2 My accou nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 3 Customer care. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 2 The Minute Manager menu is v isible only when Minute Manage r service is activated on your account. Please contact your serv ice provider for more information. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 30 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 31 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠CONTACT LIST MENU For access to the co ntact list and it s menus: 1 Switch back to the start sc reen. 2 Press Contacts . These options a re available: 1F i n d 2A d d n e w 3 Delete all 4O p t i o n s 1 Con tac ts vi ew 2M e m o r y s t a t u s 5 1-touc h dialing 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 31 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
32 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Text entry 4T e x t e n t r y There are two ways to enter letters and numbers into yo ur phone: ⢠Standard text in put - for mak ing entries in the c ontact list. ⢠Predictive tex t input - for w riti ng text messages, picture messages, and e-mails. For more detail, see âÂÂPredictive textâ on page 35. ⢠STAN DARD TEXT ENTRY Standard text input is used when e ntering text into inform ation prompts. You can use this method for all text en try , but predicti ve text input is the faster method for writing messa ges. Enter letters (ABC mode) When you add new names to th e contac t list, yo ur phone automatic ally switche s to the ABC mode and displays the icon. 1 Find the k ey that has the lette r you wan t to enter . 2 Press t he key as many ti mes as need ed for th e letter to appear on the screen. Enter numbers (123 mode) To e nter numbers: 1 Press and hold # to switch to 123 mode . Press the appropriate number key to enter a number. OR While in ABC mode , press and ho ld the correspon ding number key until the number appears. If you make a mistake, press Clear to delete that character. 2 To return to the ABC mode , press and hold # again for two seconds. DELETE MIST AKES If you m ake a mis take, pr ess Clear as needed to delete one or more characters. Press and hold Clear to delete the entire field of c haracters. Current entry method 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 32 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 33 Copyright é 2003 Nokia CHANG E FR OM CAPI TAL (UPPER CASE) LETT ERS To switch betwee n capital ( uppercase) and lowerca se letters , press # . The icon in th e upper left corn er of the s creen switches to , indicating tha t you can now enter lowe rcase letters. To sw itch back to u ppercase letters agai n, press # . ⢠SPACES, PUNCTUATION, AND SPECIAL CHARACTERS ENTRY Depending on the sel ected display language, the following characters may be available when entering charact ers from the keypad: Note: Some networks m ay not support all langua ge-dependent characters and/or services. ⢠T o enter a space, pres s 0 once. ⢠T o enter punctuation, pre ss 1 repeatedly unt il the character you want appears . Key Characters Ke y Characters 1 . , â ? ! @ ~ / â - 1 8 T U V 8 2 A B C 2 9 W X Y Z 9 3 D E F 3 0 Enters an empty space or 0 . 4 G H I 4 * Special characters 5 J K L 5 # Changes letter case; long press toggles between text input mode and number input mode. 6 M N O 6 Scroll up key Moves cursor to the left of character . 7 P Q R S 7 Scroll down key Moves cursor to the right of character . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 33 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
34 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Text entry Use special characters While ent ering te xt, press * (or press and hold * , if predictive t ext is on) to display specia l characte rs. Press * again to cycle th rough all charac ters: Use s croll keys to selec t the c haracte r you wa nt, then pr ess Insert . Note: The order an d availability o f special c haracters may va ry depending on your service provider . Use four-way scrolling Navigate spec ial characters, using the 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 keys much as you wo uld a joyst ick. Once a character is highlighted press 5 to ins ert th e char act er into your message. Use symbols in names and numbers ⢠To enter a symbol while adding a n ame to the c ontact lis t, press * . ⢠T o add a special character for creating a number string in the number box, press * . See âÂÂSe t touch tone stringsâ on p age 67. . ?! @ â - _( ) , :; & /~\ % * # <=> â ã $ ÃÂ¥ äá ÿ ç Scroll up Scroll right Scroll left Scroll down Insert character 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 34 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 35 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠PREDICTIVE TEXT Predictive text input allows you to write messages muc h faster than the standard text method. Wi th predictive te xt input, you only need to press each numbe r key once for eac h letter . Y our phone uses a built- in dictionary to predi ct or gues s wh at you are w riting. You can also add new words to the dict ionary . Turn on predictive text 1 Press Menu , th en pr ess Select . 2 Scroll to Wri te mess age , then press Select . 3 Press Options , s croll to Pred ictiv e text , th en pr ess Selec t . 4 Scr oll to the langu age y ou wa nt, th en pr ess Selec t . T9 prediction on appears. Enter predictive text To write âÂÂSte veâ with the English dictionary s elected, press: 7 (for S ) 8 (for t ) 3 (for e ) 8 (for v ) 3 (for e ) Since the displ ayed word changes after each key stroke, disr egard the word u ntil y ou have key ed in all th e charact ers. If th e finished word is not the one you wa nted, press * until your word appe ars. If it does not ap pear you will hav e an optio n to spe ll your wor d using sta ndard text in put. Note: Predictive tex t input may not be available for all languages. Turn off predictive text 1 While writin g a text me ssage, press Options . 2 Scroll to Predictiv e text , then press Selec t . 3 Scroll to Predict ion off , then press Selec t . T9 predi ction off app ear s. Save a word in the dictionary If the word Opti on s chang es to Spell , the w ord you intende d to write is not in the dictionary . Y ou ca n add the word to predictive text. Press Spell , enter t he word us ing stand ard text entry and press OK to save the word. See âÂÂSt andard text entryâ on page 32 for m ore information. The display shows the above words for each key pressed . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 35 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
36 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Text entry Enter numbers 1 T o add a n umber to the me ssage, press and hold # until appears on the scree n. 2 Enter the nu mbers you w ant, then press and h old # to return to the ABC mo de . Note: Y ou can also enter numbers from the Options menu ( Insert number ), or by a long press of the number key . Enter punctuation and special characters There are two ways to enter punctuation when us ing predictive text. Press and hold * to access the specia l characte rs list. See âÂÂUse special cha ractersâ on page 34 for m ore information. Y o u can also ent er symbols from the Options menu: 1 From the Messages screen, press Options . 2 Scroll to Insert sym bol and press Sele ct . 3 Scroll to the symbol y ou want and pre ss Inse rt . Change the case Predictive t ext uses se ntence ca se, but you can ma nually chan ge betwe en upper and lower case by pressing # . Tip: Y ou can swit ch be tween upper case and lowe rcase s tandar d te xt inp ut and upper case and low ercase pr edictiv e text input by repeat edly pre ssing # . Write compound words 1 Write the first part of t he word and pres s the Scroll d own key to accep t it . 2 Write the last part of the compound word and press 0 to enter the word and a spac e. Clear the scr een T o clear th e text scr een, pres s and hold Clear . Y ou can al so use th e Options menu by selecting the Clear text option. Delete information To delete information when using pre dictive te xt, press Cle ar . Press and hold the clear key to delete text mo re quick ly . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 36 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 37 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 5 Contact list Y our phone includes a contact li st that can store up to 200 entries (names and ass ociated phone numbers). In addition, the contact list can store an e-mail addres s for a name. ⢠An entry in th e contact lis t can consist of a numb er onl y or a name and a nu mber . ⢠Y ou cannot ente r the same name twice. If you try to save a name tha t is already in the conta ct list, the phone asks if you want to replace th e existing n ame. ⢠USE CONTACT LIST MENUS The contact list has s everal men us from whi ch you ca n choose. Th ese me nus ap pe a r when you pre ss Contacts . Use th e scroll keys t o move to the m enu you want to us e. ⢠SAVE NAMES, NUMBERS , AND E-MAIL ADDRESSES For information on entering text, see â Standard text entryâ o n page 32. Quickly save a name and number This meth od is called quick save. 1 Enter t he phone n umber usi ng the key pad, th en press Save . 2 Enter a name and press OK . Menu Function Find Allows yo u to sear ch for a spec ific entry . Add new Allo ws yo u to add a new co ntac t to yo ur con tact l ist. Delete all Allows you to delete names and nu mbers one by one or all at once. Options Takes you to a new menu list whic h includes the contact listâÂÂs memory status and scrol ling view . 1-to uch dia ling Allows you to assign up to eight keys for speed dialing. C ontact lis t 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 37 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
38 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Contact list Save an entry using the contact list menu 1 Press Contacts to enter the conta ct list. 2 Scroll to Add new , then p ress Selec t . 3 Enter a name, then press OK . 4 Enter a number , then press OK . Save an e-mail addr ess Once you h ave adde d a co ntact to you r cont act l ist, you can add a n e-mai l addre ss to that co ntact. Note: E-mail addresses c an only be add ed to existing c ontacts. For exampl e, you cannot enter an e-mail address until you have selected a n ame or number . 1 Find the na me to whic h you wa nt to add a n e-ma il add res s. 2 Press Detail s , then p ress Option s . 3 Scroll to E-mail addr ess , th en pr ess Select . 4 Enter the e-ma il address, and press OK . Importan t: If you h ave se lected the Name n umber contac ts view , y ou will not need t o press Detai ls . ⢠RECALL NAMES AND NUMBERS 1 At the start screen , press Contacts . 2 Select Find , then enter one or two lette rs of the nam e you wan t to recall. 3 Press Find , then press the Ta lk key to d ial the n umber . Y ou may ha ve to scroll to the appropriate entry in a lis t if you ha ve stored names that are simil ar to each o ther . Recall information with shortcuts Y ou may wa nt to use s ome of the se shortcuts or alte rnate meth ods for recalling a number . ⢠Pre ss Contacts , enter the first letter of the nam e, scroll to t he name, and press the Tal k key to dial th e numb er . ⢠At the start screen, press the scr oll keys to en ter your l ist of names, scroll to the nam e you want to dial, and press the Tal k key . ⢠Pre ss the Tal k key t o access a list of your last ten dialed calls, scroll to the one you want to dial, then pre ss the Tal k key ag ain. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 38 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 39 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠EDIT A NAME OR NUMBER Y ou can edit a name, a number , or both. 1 Recall the name o r number you want to e dit. 2 Press Detail s , then press Options . 3 Edit appears, then press Selec t . 4 Edit the na me or number and press OK . Importan t: If you have selec ted the Name n umber contacts view , you d o not need t o press Detai ls . ⢠DELETE NAMES AND NUMBERS Eras ing st ored nam es an d nu mbe rs rem ove s the m fro m you r pho ne. O nce y ou delete an item , you can re store it only by re-entering it. Individual entries 1 Recall the contact list entry you want to delete. 2 Press Detail s , then press Options . 3 Scroll to Dele te , and press Selec t . The mess age Del ete ? appears. 4 Press OK . Importan t: If you have selec ted the Name n umber contacts view , you d o not need t o press Detai ls . Entire contents 1 Press Names , scro ll to Delet e all, and press Selec t . 2 Scroll to Delet e all and press Select . 3 When yo u see th e message Are you sure? , pre ss OK . 4 Enter your security code and press OK . Note: For informa tion on your security co de, see â Unde rstand the securi ty codeâ on page 73. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 39 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
40 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Contact list ⢠CUST OMIZE YOUR CONTACTS VIEW Y ou can cha nge how the informa tion in your c ontact lis t looks on yo ur screen. There are t hree di ffere nt ways t o view your co ntact l ist. I n all v iews, you ca n use the scroll ke ys to move up and dow n through the list of name s. Select your scrolling view To change the way you view na mes and n umbers in your co ntact list. 1 Press Contacts , scro ll to Options , and press Selec t . 2 At Contacts view , pre ss Selec t . 3 Scroll to the view y ou want and pre ss Select . Importan t: If you h ave se lected the Name n umber contac ts view , y ou will not need t o press Detai ls when working with contact list options. ⢠CHECK MEMORY ST ATUS Y ou can che ck how muc h contact lis t memory is free and how m uch has been used. 1 Press Contacts and scroll to Options . 2 Press Selec t , scroll to Memo ry sta tus , and press Selec t . Choice What it do es Name li st Displays three names on t he screen at a time. Name n umber Only one name and its c orresponding number appears on the screen at a time. Name only Displays in dividu al names onl y . You can view the corr espondi ng phone numbe r by pressing Detai ls and then scrolling up or down. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 40 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 41 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 6 Call log Your phone prov ides a call log that register s information abou t calls you m ake and re ceive. The c all log k eeps trac k of th e foll owing: ⢠Missed calls ⢠Rec eived call s ⢠Dialed calls Note: This function only works in digital networks and only when caller ID is enabled. ⢠CALL LOG OPTIONS When you view the missed calls, receiv ed calls, or dialed calls list, and press Options , the f ollo wing choice s may a ppea r . Note: Not all options w ill appear each tim e. Also, the orde r of options may vary . Choice What it does Call tim e Shows the time when the call was connected. (Y ou must firs t set the phoneâÂÂs clock) Send m essage Allows you t o write a short te xt message t o the person who called you or t o whom y ou called. Edit n umbe r Allows you to edit the displayed number and save it with a name to your contact list. Save Allows you to ent er a name for the number and save both to your con tact li st. Delete Allows you to delete the number from the call list. View num ber Allows you to view th e callerâÂÂs phone number . In order to see this option, the calle râÂÂs name and number mu st be store d in the conta ct list. Call Dials t he numb er from t he cal l log. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 41 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
42 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Call log ⢠CHECK MISSED CALLS If you do not answe r a call, the message Missed c alls appears on your phoneâÂÂs screen, along with the num ber of calls missed. Your phone stores the last ten numbers as sociated with calls you have mis sed. Chec k mis se d call s 1 Press Menu 2-1 ( Call log > Miss ed calls ). The phone displays a list of th e numbers of the calls you missed. 2 Press th e Scroll up or Scroll do wn key to scroll through th e list. 3 Press th e Talk key if yo u want t o dial th e numb er . ⢠CHECK R ECEIVED CALLS Y our phone s tores the last ten n umbers a ssociated with calls that y ou have answered. To che ck this list of numbers: 1 Press Menu 2-2 ( Call log > R eceive d calls ). 2 Scroll th roug h the lis t of receiv ed num bers an d highli ght you r selec tion. 3 Press th e Talk key if yo u want t o dial th e numb er . ⢠CHECK DIAL ED CALLS Y our phone st ores the last t en numb ers assoc iated wi th call s that you ha ve dial ed. To check this list of numbers: 1 Press Menu 2-3 ( Call log > Di aled cal ls ). 2 Scroll throug h the list of dialed numbe rs and highlight your selec tion. 3 Press th e Talk key if yo u want t o dial th e numb er . Clear call lists Y o ur phone use s call lists to track number s for incoming, ou tgoing, and missed calls. You can delete so me or all of the numbers t hat appear in the call l og. Caution: You cannot undo this ope ration. 1 Press Menu 2-4 ( Call log > Clear call lists ). 2 Use th e Scrol l up or Scroll do wn key to s croll through th e options list. The list includ es All , Missed , Received , and Dialed . 3 Stop at the appropriate option and press Selec t . The All opti on clear s ever y numb er in e very li st, wh ereas t he o ther opti ons c lea r only the numbers associated with that option. For exampl e, th e Dial ed option clears only the numbers associa ted with calls you previously dialed. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 42 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 43 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠USE CALL TIMERS Y o ur phone tracks the amount of tim e you spend on each call. T o obtain information about tim e spent on pho ne calls: 1 Press Menu 2-5 ( Call log > C all time rs ). 2 Scroll through the foll owing opti ons : Note: The actual time invoice d for calls by y our servic e provider may vary , depending up on network feature s, rounding-off for bi lling, and so forth. Caution: If you select the Clear timers option, th e action c annot be undone. If you use th e call tim ers to log the amoun t of time spe nt on calls, you may wan t to record the call timer in formation before y ou clear it. Clear call timers 1 Press Menu 2-5-3 ( Call log > Call timers > Clear timers ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . Note: For informa tion on your security co de, see â Unde rstand the securi ty codeâ on page 73. Turn on a current call timer Y ou can se t your phone to show the running elap sed time w hile a call is active. 1 Press Menu 4-2-2 ( Sett ings > C all sett ings > C urren t call ti mer ). 2 Scroll to On and press Select . From this poin t on, the time r is active durin g each c all you make or receive. The time appears on t he phoneâÂÂs screen. 3 After a call has ended, press any key on the phoneâÂÂs keypad to clear the current call time from the screen. Option What it does Duration of last cal l Shows the call duration of the last call. Duratio n of all ca lls Shows the call duration of all calls that h ave been made and receive d since you reset the tim ers. Clear time rs Clears all call timers for th e currently selected phone number . Your phone includes separate ti mers for each number used. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 43 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
44 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Messages 7 Messages Use mob ile mess ages to ke ep in tou ch with fri ends, family and business associates. Y our phone allows you to do the following: ⢠V o ice mail ⢠Send an d recei ve text me ssages ⢠Send and receive picture m essages ⢠Communicate with e-m ail Not all messa ging features a re available in a ll wireless ne tworks. Conta ct your service provider for a vailability an d subscription inform ation. ⢠VOI CE MAI L V o ice mail provides a way for ca llers who miss you to leave a mess age that you can retrieve later . Check for messages Y our phone beeps when you receiv e a voice messag e. Also, the messag e New voi ce message appears on your phoneâÂÂs screen, along with th e icon. If you rece ive m ore th an one voice mail messa ge, you r ph on e m a y s ho w t h e n umber of messages that you have rece ived. The wireless network provider det ermi nes the type of indicatio n you w ill receive. Note: To use voice mail, y ou need to learn the voice mail s ystemâÂÂs various greetings, passwords, and prompts. Your service provider can provide instruction s. Save the voice mailbox number As part of you r networkâ s voice mail feature, y our service provider gives y ou a voice mailbox phone num ber . 1 Press Menu 1-8-2 ( Messages > V oice messages > V oice mailbox number ). 2 Enter your voice mailbox phone num ber , then pre ss OK . Y o ur voice mailbox number can be up to 32 digits long and is used until you change it. Therefore, if y our phone num ber chan ges, the voice mail number w ill probably change also. For further information, co ntact your service provider . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 44 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 45 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Listen to your v oice messages The way you listen to your voice messages depends on your service pro vide r . Call your service provide r if you ha ve any que stions. 1 When your pho ne alert s you to new voic e messag es, pres s Listen and follow the instructions given on the ph one. 2 If you wa nt to listen to your me ssages late r , pres s Exit . 3 To listen to your v oice message s: Press and hold 1 . OR Press Menu 1-8-1 ( Messages > V oice messages > Listen to vo ice messages ). Follow the prompts to review your messages. ⢠T EXT, E-MAIL, AND PICTURE MESSAGES Y ou r phone is capable of a varie ty of messaging services in cluding text messages (SMS or Short Message Servi ce), picture messages, and e-mail messages. Messa ging services are Network Services. Consult y our service prov ider for information on availability , subscribing to an d using messa ging services. Understand messaging Message recipients: The phone to which you send a m essage must support m essages. The reci pient m ay not receiv e the SMS mess age you send if the recipie ntâÂÂs acc ount is with a different service prov ider or uses a different protocol. Mes sage le ngth : The maximu m leng th of a sent or rece ived me ssa ge is 16 0 char acter s. Y ou r phone has space for several messages , depending on the length of each message. The maximum le ngth of a message also may depend on the capabilitie s of the ne twork from which the message originated. Options when working with messages There are sever al opt ions ava ilab le when wo rking wi th text , pictu re, and e-ma il messages. The or der and avail ability of options ma y vary dependi ng on th e messaging function and your service provider . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 45 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
46 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Messages Tip: When writing m essages, you can switch between uppercase and lowercase standard t ext input and uppercase and lowerc ase predictive text input by repeatedly pressing # . Opti on Descr ipt ion Send Attem pts to send th e text m essage t o the recipie nt. Settin gs Allows yo u to set Urgent , Read receipt , Reply req. , and Callback no. options for th e message. Save Saves the me ssage in the ar chive fo lder . Clear text Clea rs the text in the me ssage ed itor . Exit edit or Takes you back to the Writ e message menu. Pred ictiv e text Allows yo u to turn predictive tex t on and off. Inser t word If predicti ve text (T9) is a ctivated, y ou can manually s pell a word an d insert it i nto your m essage. Inser t num ber Allows yo u to insert numbers in to the messa ge. Insert sym bol Allows yo u to acce ss the lis t of special c haracters. Save pi cture Allows yo u to save a picture to the te mplate folder . Match es Lists alterna tive word choices while using predictiv e text. Details Available whe n viewin g a picture mes sage. This option allows you to view t he name and num ber of the sender . Preview Previews your picture messa g e before se nding. Edit t ext Allows yo u to add te xt to a pic ture message . Delete Allows yo u to delete a message . Forward Allows yo u to forward a message. Use number Allows you to use the number as sociated with a m essage. Replay Allows yo u to replay messages y ou receive . Edit r ecip ient Allows yo u to edit the e-mail ad dress. Edit s ubjec t Allows you t o edit the su bject of an e- mail message. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 46 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 47 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Organize messages using folders Y o ur phone has fo lders for managing text messages. Text message folde rs are located under the Messages menu. THE INBOX FOLD ER The inbox store s message s you receive . Messages re main in th e inbox un til you delete them or save them in th e archive folder . Y o u can forward or reply to messages in your inbo x. THE OUTBO X FO LDER The outbox st ores message s you have wri tten, sent, edited, and for ward ed. Messag es in th e outbo x are not save d messag es. As you send new mess ages, old messages will automatically be removed from the outbox. When message mem ory is full, one or more messages of the lowest priority are automatica lly deleted from th e outbox. If you wa nt to save a message you have sent, read the message while it is i n the outbox and use th e options me nu to save it to th e archive folde r . THE ARCHIVE FOLD ER The archi ve folder store s messages you hav e saved. You can save message s to the archive folder from the inbox and the outbox . Y ou can reply to or forward saved messages. DELETE MESSAG ES FROM FOLDERS Y ou can dele te all message s located w ithin a spe cific folder . 1 Press Menu 1-6 ( Mess ages > Delete all ). 2 Scroll to one of the following options, then press Selec t . All rea d Inbox Archiv e Outbox 3 Enter your s ecurity code, then press OK . Note: For informa tion on your security co de, see â Unde rstand the securi ty codeâ on page 73. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 47 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
48 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Messages ⢠TEXT MESSAGES Use your phone to send and re ceive short text messages. Write and send a tex t message When writi ng text messag es, use the pr edictive text method for faster text entry . For details, see âÂÂPre dictive textâ on page 35. 1 Press Menu , select Message s , the n select Write me ssage . The message sc reen appears. 2 Enter a mes sage of up to 160 chara cters. A count er in th e upper r ight corn er of t he screen shows th e number o f characters re maining. 3 When you have fini shed w riting the m essage, press Options , scroll to Send , then p ress Selec t . 4 Enter o r recal l the re cipien tâÂÂs pho ne number , then press Send . Sendin g message appears. Note: When sendin g message s via the SMS net work servic e, your phon e may di spla y the words, Message Sent . This is an in dicat ion that the mess age has been sen t by your p hone to t he message center num ber p rog ramme d into your phone . This is n ot an indica tion that the message h as been received at the inte nded destination. For more details about SMS s ervices, check wi th your service p rovider . Read a text message When y ou rec eive a text message, the ph one beeps an d disp lays Message rec eived and the indicator in the upper left corne r of the screen. 1 Press Read to view t he messa ge. 2 Use the sc roll keys t o view t he whole message , if necessa ry . 3 Once y ouâÂÂve fi nished , press th e End key to return to the s tart screen, or press Options for other choic es, such as Reply or Forward . When th e phone d isplays Message r eceiv ed , pressing Exit move s the new mes sag e to the inbox and returns you to the start scree n. To read the me ssage late r , press Menu 1-3 ( Messages > In box ). If you ha ve more than one new message, scroll t o the mess age you wan t to vi ew . Messages i n the inbox are list ed in the o rder the y are received , with the most recent message list ed first. Unread messages are indicated by . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 48 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 49 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Respond to a text message There are many o ptions available for working with text m essages. For a list of options and their descriptions, see âÂÂOptions wh en working with messagesâ on page 45. REPLY TO THE MESSAGE 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Reply , th en pr ess Selec t . 3 Choose to reply As messag e or As e-mail , th en pr ess Selec t . When replying as e-mail, see â Send an e-mail messageâ on page 51. When replying as message, see âÂÂWrite and send a t ext messageâ on page 48. FORWARD THE ME SSAGE 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Forward , then press Select . 3 Choose to forward As messag e or As e-mail , then press Selec t . When forwarding as e-mail, see â Send an e-mail messageâ on page 5 1. Whe n forwarding as message, see âÂÂWrite and send a text messageâ on page 48. SAVE A MESSAGE 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Save , then press Selec t . The message will be moved to the archive fol der . DELETE A MESSA GE 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Delet e , then press Selec t . Delete mess age? appears. 3 Press OK . WHEN MEMORY IS FULL When messa ge memory is full, one or more messages o f the lowest priority are automatically deleted. Whe n you receive an em ergency message , messages m ay be deleted from any of you r message folders. If you ha ve more mes sages waiting at the network, blinks on t he start screen. Y ou can delete old messages to create space for new messages. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 49 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
50 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Messages ⢠PI CTURE MESSAGES Y ou r phone offe rs five picture m essages that you ca n use to send pic tures and te xt to your friends and family . Y ou can also save a n ew picture by replacing an existing picture. For possible message options, see âÂÂOptions when working with messagesâ on page 45. Each picture messa ge is made up of several text me ssages. Therefore, sending one picture me ssage may c ost more tha n sending o ne text messa ge. Contact y our service provider for pric ing information . Note: This function can be used only if it is support ed by your network operator or service provider . Only phones that offer pic ture message features can receive and display picture messages. Send a picture message 1 Press Menu 1-7 ( Messages > Pict ure Me ssages ). 2 Scroll to the p icture y ou want to send, the n press Show . The picture appears. To choose a different picture, press Back and scroll to another picture. 3 Press Options. Edit t ext appears. 4 Press Select , then add a text m essage to se nd with th e picture. After you en ter the te xt, you have several opt ions. To view a list of possi ble options, see âÂÂOptions when working with messagesâ on page 45. 5 T o send the picture and message, press Options . 6 Scroll to Send , then press Select . 7 Enter o r recal l the re cipien tâÂÂs pho ne number , then press Send . Sendin g message appears. PREVIEW A PICTURE MESSAGE BEFORE SENDI NG After writing text for y our picture m essage, you can preview the me ssage before sending it. 1 Press Options . 2 Scroll to Preview , th en pr ess Select . 3 After viewin g the message, pres s Back . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 50 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 51 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Receive a picture message 1 When your phone displays Pict ure messa ge re ceive d , press Show and the message appears. 2 If the pictu re ha s a text m essage w ith it, s croll up or do wn to see th e entire m essa ge. Save a picture message 1 Press Show to view t he mess age, then press Save . Y ou have the option to replac e a current message. 2 Scroll to the p icture y ou want to delete, the n press Replace . ⢠E-MAIL MESSAGES Y ou can send e-mai l up to 16 0 characters in length to anyone wi th an e-ma il address. This is a Network Service. ⢠Message s sent to you by e-mai l arriv e as regular te xt message s. Y ou can use all the options described earlier to save, reply to, or forward a message. ⢠Contact your service provider to get the e-mail address and gateway number for your phone, and for more information on using e-mail. Send an e-mail message 1 Press Menu 1-2 ( Messages > Write e-mai l ). Note: If you get a prompt asking you to enter your e -mail gateway number , you must obtain this nu mber from your service pr ovider . 2 At the prompt, enter yo ur recipientâÂÂs e-mail address or press Find to look through and select a save d e-mail ad dress from your phone list. 3 Press OK . 4 At the prompt, enter a subject for your e-mail message. (You are not required to enter a subje ct.) 5 Press OK wh en you are fi nished . Note: Predictive text is not availa ble when ent ering an e-ma il address or a subject l ine for your e-ma il. A screen will a ppear allowing y ou to enter the text of y our message. Your total message, in cluding the address and subjec t line, can be u p to 160 characters . There is a running total of re maining ch aracters in th e top right corn er of the screen . 6 After you fi nish en teri ng the te xt of y our e-ma il, pr ess Options , scroll to Send , then p ress Selec t . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 51 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
52 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Messages Receive an e-mail message When you receive an e -mail message, the phone make s a sound and displays Message r eceiv ed and the indicator in the upper left c orner of the screen. T o read the m essage, press Read . When readin g a receive d e-mail mes sage, you can choose othe r options, su ch as Reply and Forward . See âÂÂOptions when working with messagesâ on page 45. Edit an existing e-mail message Edit an e-m ail message by replying t o the message or forwarding it. Y ou can edit messages from any folder . Reply to an e-mail message 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Reply , th en pr ess Selec t . 3 Choose to reply As messag e or As e-mail , th en pr ess Selec t . When replying as e-mail, see â Send an e-mail messageâ on page 51. When replying as message, see âÂÂWrite and send a t ext messageâ on page 48. Forward an e-mail message 1 When reading the message, press Options . 2 Scroll to Forward , then press Select . 3 Choose to forward As message or As e-mail , then press Selec t . When forwarding as e-mail, see â Send an e-mail messageâ on page 5 1. Whe n forwarding as a message, see âÂÂWrite and send a text messageâ on page 48. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 52 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 53 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 8 Personalization The Noki a 2200 serie s can be easily c ustomized to fit your lifestyle. The display language, ringing tones, audio, and accessory se ttings (among others) can all be modi fied t o suit your ne eds . Y our phone ha s various profiles which allow you to c ustomize ringing a nd alert tones for different env ironments. Once you m odify the profiles, you can a ct iva t e t he profi le that is appropria te for your s urroundi ngs. Fo r example, yo u c an s ele ct t he Silent profil e while at the movies or the Outdoo r profile when at a sporting event. ⢠PRO FILES Profiles let you set sound s ettings to match your en vir onme nt, wh et her it is a meeting or a s occer ga me . Just pick the pr ofile that suits your current environment: Nor mal , Silen t , Meeting , Outdoor or P ager . Y ou can customize any o f the profile s and s et your own preferences for th e following settings : ⢠Ringing options ⢠Ringing tone ⢠Ringing volume ⢠Message al ert tone ⢠Vibrating alert ⢠Ke ypad tones ⢠Warning tones ⢠Profile name (exce pt for the Normal profile) Importan t: Y ou can select a default profile for each of these accessorie s: Headset , Handsfr ee , an d Loopset . T o learn more about accessories, see âÂÂAccessory settingsâ on page 56. Select a profile 1 Quickly press and release the Po w e r key . 2 Use th e Scroll up or Scroll do wn key to move to the p rofile you wan t to use. Profile names a re highlighted as you scroll th rough them. 3 Press Selec t to activate a profile. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 53 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
54 Copyright é 2003 Nokia P ersonalization Customize a profile 1 Press Menu 3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the p rofile you wa nt to cus tomize, then press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then pre ss Selec t . 4 Use the scroll keys to display each of the profile options. Once you find the option youâÂÂd li ke to customize , press Selec t . SET THE RINGIN G OPTIONS Y o u can choose the type of ring your phone uses to notify you of an incoming c all . This setting d oes not affec t any incomin g text messa ge alert tone s. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Pro file s ). Y ou r phone lists each profile. 2 Scroll to the d esired profile in t he list for which y ou want t o set the ringin g options, and press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Ringing o ptions and press Select . 5 Scroll to one of the ringing options, as described below, and press Select . Ring: The phone rings normally . Ascending: Ringing volume increases (gets louder) if t he phone is no t answered. Ring onc e: The phone rings once to indicate an incoming call. Beep once: The phone be eps once to indicate an incoming call. Silent : The phone m akes no sound. SET THE RINGIN G TONE The ri nging tone is the so und yo ur phone makes when you recei ve a ca ll. Y our pho ne contains preprogram med ring ing tones. Y ou can s et the rin ging tone to a s pecif ic soun d or tun e to p ers onali ze how the phone ring s. Y ou can also add custom ringing ton es to you r phone. See âÂÂDownload a rin ging tone â on page 78 for m ore informat ion. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Pro file s ). Y ou r phone lists each profile. 2 Scroll to the p rofile fo r which you want to set the ringing tone, the n press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Ringin g tone and press Selec t . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 54 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 55 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 5 Scroll throug h the op tions when y ou hear th e tone you want, pres s Selec t . Note: If you have already chosen a ringing option of either Silen t or Beep once , the ringing tones are already t urned off. See â Set the ringing optionsâ on page 54 fo r d et ai ls . As y ou scro ll th roug h the ring ing to nes, y ou c an lis ten to a sam ple of each if your c urrent ringing option is not se t to Silent . SET THE RINGIN G VOLUME Set the default ri nging volum e for incoming voice calls and message a le rt to ne s. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Pro file s ). 2 Scroll to the prof ile you will set a nd press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then pre ss Selec t . 4 Scroll to Ring ing vo lume and press Select . 5 Scroll through t he options. W hen you hear the righ t volume l evel, press Select . SET THE MESSAGE ALER T TONE Set your phone t o use a certain t one to in dicate an incom ing text m essage. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the p rofile fo r which you want to set the message alert tone and press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Message alert tone , then press Select . 5 Scroll throug h the tone s elections. The phone plays samples of each select ion as you s croll to it. 6 When you find the tone you wa nt, press Select . SET A VIBRATING A LERT Se t your phone t o vibrate to indic ate an incomin g call. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the p rofile fo r which you want to set the vibrating a lert and press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then pre ss Selec t . 4 Scroll to Vibratin g alert and press Select . 5 Scroll to On and press OK . The phone does no t vibrate when it is conne cted to or placed in any charging device. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 55 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
56 Copyright é 2003 Nokia P ersonalization SET KEYPAD TONES Ke ypad tones se t the vol ume of the to ne you he ar when you pr ess phon e keys. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Pro file s ). 2 Scroll to the profile for which you want to set the keypad tones and press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then pre ss Selec t . 4 Scroll to Keyp a d to ne s and press Selec t . 5 Scroll to one of the levels and press Select . ⢠If you ch oose Off , no keypad tones are heard. ⢠If you cho se the Silent profi le in step 2, the key pad tones a re turned off. SET THE WARNING TO NES Warning t ones include the sounds your phone makes during error conditions, d uring confirm ations, whe n the batter y is lo w , and when you need to recharge the batt ery . 1 Press Menu 3 ( Pro file s ). 2 Scroll to the p rofile fo r which you want to set the warning ton es, then press Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Warning t ones , then pre ss Selec t . 5 Scroll to On or Off and press Selec t . Rena me a p rofi le 1 Press Menu 3 ( Profiles ). 2 Scroll to the d esired profile, then pre ss Options . 3 Scroll to Customize , then pre ss Selec t . 4 Scroll to Profile n ame , then press Selec t . 5 Enter the n ew name an d press OK . Note: Y ou canno t rename the Norma l profile. Accessory settings Use you r phon e with thes e Nokia acces sories : ⢠Headse t (HDC-5 , HDE-2, HDB- 5, and HDC-1 0) ⢠Handsfree Car Kit (CARK-125, CARK-134 and PPH-1) ⢠Loopset (LPS-3) ⢠TTY/TDD Adapter (HDA- 9) 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 56 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 57 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Note: Y ou can se lect a default profile that will b e associa ted with e ach access ory , such as Normal . However , the Acce ssory se ttings menu will not appear until after an accessory has be en connected to the phon e at least once . SET UP THE LOOPSET When you want to u se the loopset, you will have to activa te the accessory setting. 1 Attach th e loopset to the pho ne. 2 Press Menu 4-4-3 ( Setting s > Acc essory s ettings > Loopset ). 3 Scroll to Use loop set , then press Select . 4 Scroll to Ye s , then press Selec t . AUTOM ATIC ANSWER This feature le ts your phone answer incom ing calls after just one rin g when a n accessory is connected to the phone. 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Setting s > Acce ssory settin gs ). 2 Scroll to Headset , Handsfree , or Loopset , th en pr ess Selec t . 3 Scroll to Automati c answer , then press Selec t . 4 Scroll to On and press Selec t . SET THE LIGH TS (CAR KIT ONLY ) When you r phone is conn ected to a car kit, you have a choice of having the phone lights on ( a) continuous ly or (b) on ly when y ou use it. 1 Pres s Menu 4-4-2-3 ( Setting s > Ac cessory settin gs > Han dsfree > Ligh ts ). 2 Choose one of the follo wing options, then press OK : On : The ligh ts will rem ain on wh ile the pho ne is connec ted to the car kit. Autom atic : The ligh ts will be turned on only when th e phone is being u sed. SET THE DEFAULT PROFIL E When you use the headset, car kit or loopset, you hav e the option of select ing a default profile. Y ou can use the currently sele cted profile (for example, Norma l ) or you can choose from the list. 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Setting s > Acce ssory settin gs ). 2 Scroll to Headset , Handsfree or Loopset , then press Sele ct . 3 Scroll to Default pr ofile , then pre ss Select . 4 Scroll to the p rofile you wa nt, then pre ss Select . Note: The Active profile uses the cu rrent profile sett ing you have selected for your phone. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 57 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
58 Copyright é 2003 Nokia P ersonalization Set the display language Y ou can choose your phoneâÂÂs display langu age. 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setting s > Phone settings > L angua ge ). 2 Scr oll to the langu age y ou wa nt, th en pr ess Selec t . Set the clock Y our phone contains a real- time clock th at can be set two different w ays: the c lock can use t he time informa tion provided by the wireles s system or it can be se t manually . Once the time is s et, you can display the clock on the star t screen. For added co nven ience , the cl ock i s conn ected to an al arm cl ock. See âÂÂUse th e alarm clockâ on page 75 for additional information. SELECT THE TIM E FORMAT Y ou can choose w hether yo ur clock s hows tim e in an a m/pm forma t or a 24-hour forma t. 1 Press Menu 4-1-2-3 ( Settin gs > Time sett ings > Clock > Tim e format ). 2 Scroll to 24-hour or am/pm and pre ss Selec t . SET THE CLOCK USI NG AM/PM FORM AT 1 Press Menu 4-1-2-2 ( Settin gs > Time settings > Cloc k > Set the time ). 2 Enter the ti me using an hh:mm format and press OK . For exam ple, to s et your clock to 8:40 , enter 08:40 . 3 Scroll to am or pm and press Select . Note: Eve n if you have selec ted t he am/pm format, you can still set the clock in the 24-hour format. SET THE CLO CK USING 24-HOU R FORMAT 1 Press Menu 4-1-2-2 ( Settin gs > TIme settings > Cloc k > Set the time ). 2 Enter the ti me using an hh:mm format and press OK . For exampl e, to set your cloc k to 8:40, enter 08:40 (for am) or 20:40 (for pm) . 3 Press OK . Automatic update of time Set your phon e to update the time from the ne twork when you turn the phone on. If the clock in you r phone is 30 seconds or more off the network time, the phone will autom atically upda te to reflect the netw ork time. Note: Auto update time is a n etwork depende nt featu re. Contac t your service provider for de tails and av ailability . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 58 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 59 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 1 Press Menu 4-1-3 ( Sett ings > Time sett ings > Auto upd ate of time ). 2 Scroll to one of the following options, then press Selec t . On : Updates th e time a utomatically . Conf irm firs t : Requires you to confirm that you want the update. You can accept or decline th e update. Off : Preven ts the tim e from being au tomatically u pdated. Display the clock 1 Press Menu 4-1-2 ( Setting s > T ime setti ngs > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Hide c lock or Show c lock (only one c hoice appears, depending on the current set ting). 3 Press Selec t . Add a welcome note Y ou can add a w elcom e note that y our phon e display s briefly ea ch time y ou turn it on . 1 Press Menu 4-3-3 ( Setting s > Phone settings > Welc ome note ). 2 Enter a note, then press Options . 3 Scroll to Save , then press Selec t . To dele te the welcome note, follow steps 1-2, scro ll to Delete , then press Select . Restore factory settings If you have made cha nges to your phoneâ s profiles (settings), you can re store them to their original or factory settings. The memory , timers, language selection , and security code are not re set. Howev er , profile a nd accessory s ettings are reset. 1 Press Menu 4-3-4 ( Settings > Ph one set tings > Resto re factory setting s ). 2 At the prompt, ente r your five-digit security code and press OK . See âÂÂUnderstand the security code â on page 73. for more information. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 59 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
60 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features 9 Advanced calling features This chapte r covers advan ced calling featu res, including: ⢠Options availa ble while in a call ⢠Managing two calls at the same time ⢠Network services, such as call forwarding Not all features t hat are described are availabl e in all wireless networks. Contact your service provider for avai lability of ne twork services. ⢠UNDERSTAND ACTIVE-C ALL OPTIONS Your phone allow s you to use a nu mber of feat ures during a call; how ever , you m ay not b e able to use al l optio ns at a ll time s. Also , the or der of in -cal l option s may vary . Note: Many in-call options are ne twork dependent feature s. To u se t hes e options, you may need to c ontact your service provider . During a call, press Options to see the in-call menu choices: Access menus Y ou can access your ph oneâÂÂs m enus wh ile in a ca ll. 1 Press Options . 2 Scroll to Menu , th en pr ess Selec t . To ex it th e menus , press Exit . Note: Do not press the End ke y to e xit t he men us o r you w ill end yo ur c all . Menu Opti ons What it does Lock keys Allows you t o lock the ph oneâÂÂs keypad during a call. Mute Mutes the phon eâÂÂs microphone. This opt ion can affect the microp hones of ac cessorie s connecte d to the phon e. End all calls Ends all activ e calls. Touch to nes Sends touch tones. New c all Allows you t o make a ca ll while you ha ve a ca ll in progress. Menu Allows you t o access the menus. Contacts Allows you t o access the contact list . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 60 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 61 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Make a new call To make a ne w call w hile already in a ca ll, dial the number , then pre ss the Tal k key . End all calls Press the End key . Access the contact list Y ou can a ccess informa tion in the contact list during a call. 1 Press Options . 2 Scroll to Contacts , th en pr ess Select . Save a name and/or number Y ou can sav e a name a nd number du ring a call. 1 Enter the n umber you w ant to s ave. 2 Press Options , scroll to Contacts , then press Selec t . 3 Scroll to Add new , then pr ess Selec t . Add the name and number a s you norma lly would. Mute the phoneâÂÂs microphone While in a c all, you can m ute the phoneâÂÂs m icrophone. Press Options , scroll to Mute , pre ss Selec t . Use conference call While in a c all, you can call anoth er number t o add a third party to the ca ll. Note: Conference ca lling is a provide r dependent feat ure. Contact y our service provider for a vailability and details. CONFERENCE A CA LL 1 While in a call, you can either dial the n umber you want to ad d and press the Tal k key . OR Press Options , scroll to New c all , pre ss Selec t , enter the phone number , and press OK . 2 When th e third p arty answ ers, p ress the Tal k key to connec t all thre e parti es. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 61 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
62 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features DISCO NNECT T HIRD P ARTY While all three pa rties are con nected, pres sing the Tal k key d isconne cts the third caller , k eeping the second party âÂÂs call activ e. DISCO NNECT S ECOND P ARTY If you w ish to dis connect with the se cond party a nd remain connecte d to the third party , have th e second party terminate the call on h is/her end. RECALL A NUMB ER FROM THE CO NTACT LIST DURI NG A CALL If yo u donâÂÂt r emember the n umber of th e second party you want to i nclude in the conference and the nu mber is in your contac t list, you can recall the n umber . 1 To access the contact list, pres s Options , scroll to Contacts , and press Select . 2 Follow the prompts to find the num ber as you normally would. 3 Locate th e number i n your co ntact list , then press Select . The num ber appe ars in the nu mber pr ompt. 4 Press OK to call the number . END A CONFERENC E CALL To end all calls, press th e End key . ⢠USE VOICE PRIVACY The voice privacy f eature encr ypts the voice ch annel so th at people ca nnot eave sdrop on your phone conversations. Note: V oice privacy is a network dependent feature. Contact your se rvice provider for more information on this feature. TURN V OICE P RIV ACY O N/OF F 1 Press Menu 4-6-1 ( Settings > Network s ervic es > V oice pr ivacy ). 2 Scroll to On or Off and press Selec t . During a ca ll, voice privacy be comes a ctive and notifies you with a beep . A notification message also appears on the screen. If you turn this feature on and voice privacy become s inactive, your phone beeps and displays V oice pr ivacy not ac tive . Note: Use caution when sen ding confident ial information, if voice priva cy is not active . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 62 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 63 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠USE CA LL FORWARDING With call forwarding, you can forward in coming calls t o another ph one number . Before you can use call forwarding, yo u must first s tore the feature code s. Once call forwarding has been activa ted, Call forwarding appears as a menu option. Note: Call forwarding is a netw ork-dependent feature. Some netwo rk s require that ca ll forwarding be act ivated man ually. Co nta c t y o ur se rv ic e provider for availa bility and full details. Learn about call forwarding feature codes Y o ur network re quires separate codes for acti vating and can celling the va rious types of call forwarding. Your carrier can provide you with the ne cessary feature codes for these network services. Once you store the se feature codes in yo ur phone, they are sent automa tically t o th e network when y ou select one of the call forwarding options from your phoneâÂÂs menu. Your phone can store the follow ing types of feature codes: Store the call forwarding fe ature code Before you can activate call forwardin g, you must con tact your service prov ider to obtain the feature codes. 1 Press Menu 4-6-5 ( Settin gs > Ne twork servi ces ). 2 Enter the feature co de your service provider gave you , then press OK . 3 Scroll to Call forwarding and press Select . Option Wha t it does Forwar d all calls Forwards inc oming calls to t he number you specify . Forward if busy Forwards inc oming calls when you a re in a call. Forward if not answered Forwards inc oming calls to a nother nu mber when you are unable t o answe r . Forward if ou t of reach Forwards inc oming calls to another nu mber when th e phone is out of the netw ork or switched off. Cance l all call forw ardi ng Cancels a ll active call forw arding options . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 63 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
64 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features 4 Scroll to the call forw arding option you w ant and press Select . 5 Scroll to Activate and press Select . Activate/cancel call forwarding After you stor e the corre ct featu re cod es, yo u can a ctivate (or cance l) call forwarding as follows: 1 Press Menu 4-6-2 ( Settings > Network servi ces > Call forw ardin g ). 2 Scroll to the desired call forw arding option, then press Selec t . 3 Highlight Activa te and press Select . 4 Enter the n umber to wh ich you want your calls forwarded or press Find to recall a numbe r from the con tact list. 5 Press OK . Note: When cance ling call forw arding, follow ste ps 1 and 2. ⢠USE CALL WAITING During a call, call waiting beep s to let you know that someone else is call ing yo u. Depending on your caller ID setup, the phone might also display the number of the incoming ca ll. Once call waitin g has been activated, Call wa iting appears as a menu option. Note: Call waiting is a netw ork-dependent feature . In some ne tworks t he cal l waiting code must be ac tivated manua lly. Contact y our service prov ider for availability and fu ll details. Store the call waiting feature code 1 Press Menu 4-6-5 ( Settings > Network services > Network feature setting ). The Feature c ode pr ompt ap pears. 2 Enter t he featur e code issu ed by your service pro vider an d press OK . 3 Scroll to Call w aiting and press Selec t . 4 Scroll to Activate and press Select . Activate call waiting 1 Press Menu 4-6-3 ( Settings > Netw ork serv ices > Call waitin g ). 2 Scroll to Activate and press Selec t . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 64 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 65 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Manage calls Call wait ing works with both local a nd long distan ce calls. ⢠T o answer an incoming call, press the Tal k key . ⢠T o switc h from one call to anot her , press the Tal k key . ⢠T o end both calls, press the End key . ⢠USE SEND OWN CALLER ID This feature allo ws you to block caller ID whe n you call some one (your numbe r will not be display ed on their c aller ID). This feature is only effective wh en callin g a number equipped with caller ID. Note: This feature is available only when supported by the w ireless network and may not function if you are roaming. Importan t: This feature works on a call-by-call basis . Y ou must enable this feature each tim e you want to block t he sending of y our own num ber to the rec ipien tâÂÂs call er ID. STORE THE FEATUR E CODE Before you can us e the Send ow n calle r ID call featu re, you mu st stor e the fea ture codes for activating this fe ature. Once the code is stored in your phone , it is sent automatica lly to the netwo rk when yo u select this option from you r phoneâÂÂs menu. 1 Press Menu 4-6-5 ( Settings > Network services > Network feature setting ). The Feature code prompt appears. 2 Enter the feature co de issued by your service provider and press OK . 3 Scroll to Send o wn calle r ID , press Select , then selec t Ye s . PLACE A CA LL WI THO UT SE NDIN G YO UR NU MBER 1 Press Menu 4-6-4 ( Settin gs > Networ k servic es > Send own calle r ID ). 2 Scroll to No , th en pr ess Selec t . 3 Enter the desired phone number , then press OK or press Find to recall a phone number from the contact list. The phone automatically inserts the feature code into the dialing s tring and dials the ph one number . The phon e you are calling will n ot display your pho ne number throu gh caller I D. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 65 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
66 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features ⢠SELECT A PHONE NUMBER Y our s ervi ce provi der progr ams your phon e number and system inf ormat ion into your phoneâÂÂs memory when your phone is first ac tivated. Y our phone can h old up to three numbers. Thi s means that your phone can b e activated in three different servi ce area s. For example , your phone could be a ctiv ated in Dall as, Chicag o, and N ew Y ork. Each service area wo uld assign a differ ent p hone nu mb er o r ac cou nt to your ph on e. Y ou must sele ct a phone nu mber for yo ur home syst em. Only one ph one number can be ac tive at a time. If you trav el outsid e your ho me syste m, you ca n choo se another numbe r . One pho ne number is usually enou gh if your servic e provider has service or roam ing agreements for each area in which yo u wish to use your phon e. Conta ct yo ur se rvice prov ider fo r det ails. Note: Phone number selecti on is a network dependent feature. Some networks may not support more than on e number. Contact you r service provider for availa bility and full details. Select the phone number 1 Press Menu 4-6-6 ( Sett ings > Netw ork s ervices > Own numbe r se lectio n ). 2 Scroll to the phone number you w ant and press Selec t . Note: The fir st phon e number on this list is selec ted. Y ou need at least one active number to ma ke calls. You cannot change from on e phone number to another durin g a call. ⢠USE AUTOM ATIC REDIAL There are times when you may not be able t o place a ca ll (for example, due to the high volume of traffic on the w ireless network ). When the w ireless ne twork is busy or unavailable, Automat ic redial instructs y our phone to re try the c all. ACTIVATE A UTOMATIC RE DIAL 1 Press Menu 4-2-1 ( Settin gs > Call settin gs > Automatic redial ). 2 Scroll to On and press Selec t . If the syst em is busy , your phone makes three ad ditional call attempts . If you want to stop th e autom atic r edial p rocess before t he las t attemp t, pre ss the End key or Quit . Importan t: This fe ature does not a utomatically retry a num ber when the number you are calling i s busy . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 66 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 67 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠USE 1-TOUCH DIALING You can assign a na me from your contact lis t to a 1-touch dial location , using your phoneâÂÂs keys 2-9. ( The 1 key is us ed exclusiv ely to dial you r voice ma ilbox.) Once assigned, the phone nu mber you associate with that key is dialed automatical ly when you press an d hold th e ke y. Assign a key to 1-touch dialing 1 Press Contacts , scro ll to 1-touc h diali ng and press Selec t . 2 Scroll to a n umber that ha s the m essage (emp ty) and press Assign . 3 Scroll to the n ame and n umber to wh ich you want to as sign this ke y and press Selec t . Repeat ste ps 1-3 time s as many times as nec essary . 4 To call a number using 1-touch dialing, press and hold the appropriate key for a few seco nds. Change 1-touch dialing nu mbers Y ou can change the 1-t ouch dialing key assignments at any time. 1 Press Contacts , scro ll to 1-touc h diali ng , and press Select . 2 Scroll to the key yo u want to ch ange and press Options . 3 Scroll to Change and press Select . 4 Scroll throug h the conta ct list until y ou reach the new nu mber you want to select and press Select . Delete 1-touch dialing numbers Y ou can delete 1-touch dialing ke y assignme nts at an y time. 1 Press Contacts, scroll to 1-to uch dia ling and press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to the key yo u want to del ete and press Options . 3 Scroll to Delet e , press Select , then p ress OK . ⢠SET TOUCH TONE STRINGS Y our phone allow s you to cr eate special s ets of numbe rs known as touch tone strings which will dial a se ries of digits a fter a âÂÂwa itâ or a âÂÂpau se.â For example , you can progra m your phone to s end your account number whil e you are bank ing by phone. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 67 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
68 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features Y ou must be in the mode to enter thes e chara cters. Ente r the numbe rs as usual. When you want to insert the special charact ers, press * repeatedly to switc h amo ng * , , p, w characters. Note: Use caution when sen ding confident ial information, if voice priva cy is not active. Set manual touch tones 1 Press Menu 4-3-2-1 ( Sett ings > P hone sett ings > To uch ton es > Manual touc h ton es ). 2 Select one of the follow ing options, then press Select : Cont inuous : Sound s tone for as long as you press and ho ld a key . Fixed: Sets the tone length t o 0.1 second, regar dless o f how l ong you pr ess a k ey . Off: Turns off the tones. No tone s are sent. Set touch tone length Y ou can also set the len gth of each touch tone. 1 Press Menu 4-3-2-2 ( Setting s > Phone setti ngs > T ouch to nes > Touc h tone le ngt h ). 2 Use th e Scroll up or Scroll d own key to scroll to Short or Long . Short sets the tone le ngth to 0.1 seco nd. Long sets the t one le ngth to 0.5 secon d. 3 Press Selec t . Character Acti on p Creates a pause when a number is dialed. T he numbers you enter a fter thi s speci al char acter are autom atically sent as touch to nes after a 2 .5-secon d pause. w Creates a wait whe n a number is dialed. This means th at your phone w aits for you to press the le ft selection key before it sends the num ber as t ouch tones . * Sends com mand strin gs to the n etwork. Con tact your service provider for de tails. Use this c haracter to link a 1-tou ch dialing numbe r to a number in the cont act list. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 68 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 69 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Store touch tone strings Y ou can store touch tone strings the same wa y that yo u store names and numbers in your con tact list. Y ou can store an entire sequence of digits and send it as tou ch tones for freque ntly used strings of numbers. STORE TOUCH TONE ST RINGS WITH PHONE NUMBER S 1 Enter the ph one numbe r that you want ass ociated w ith a tou ch tone. 2 Enter the to uch tone character w here n eeded (p, w, or * ). 3 Enter the to uch tone s tring. 4 Stor e the nu mber as y ou norma lly wo uld. SEND A TOUCH TONE STR ING 1 Pres s Menu 4-3-2-1 ( Settin gs > Pho ne setti ngs > T ouch tone s > Manual touc h ton es ). 2 Make s ure that the setting is not set to Off . If not set to Off ., scroll to one of the oth er options and press Selec t . 3 Dur ing y our ca ll, p ress Option s , scroll to Touch ton es , and press Selec t . 4 Enter the to uch tone s tring or recall th e string from the co ntact list, then press OK . If you se nd touch tone s while in the ana log mode, be ca reful not to send confidential inform ation. ⢠LINK CONTACT LI ST ENTRIES This f eature allo ws you to st ore a phone numb er in o ne con tac t list loca tion an d lin k it to anothe r contact lis t entry . For example, linkin g the phone num ber of an automated serv ice (for example, automated b anking servic e) with a touch to ne string e ntry in your contact list (exam ple: acco unt and PI N numbers) automati cally recalls and sends the touch tone string when you call the se rvice. USE LINK ING OPTIONS 1 Store the tou ch tone string into your conta ct list. 2 Assign the conta ct list entry wi th the touch tone s to a one-touch dialin g loca tion (example: location 3). For mo re i nf orma tio n o n 1 -tou ch dial in g, see âÂÂUse 1 -touch dialingâ on page 67. 3 Edit the au tomated service âÂÂs phone nu mber by adding n to th e end of th e phone number (wh ere n is the 1-tou ch dialing loc ation). Example: 214-555-1234 3 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 69 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
70 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Advanced c alling features 4 Press OK to sa ve you r chang es. 5 Dial the automated se rvice number from your con tact list. Y our phone a utomatic ally sends the touch tones when the c all connec ts. Note: Y ou may n eed to ente r a pause (p) or a w ait (w) before the in order to accoun t for delays in the automate d system ans wering your call (for example, 2 1 4-555-12 34p 3 ). ⢠SELECT A SYSTEM Y our phon e can ope rate in resi dent ial, p riva te, and publ ic sys tems (such as your home system). Y ou can choose how your phone selects a network to use. Y our phone may not sh ow the op tions de scrib ed here. For in form ation, contact your serv ice pr ovider . Search for a network Press Menu 5 ( Syste m ). Y ou have t he following t hree options: ⢠Auto mati c: Y our phone automatical ly searches for available networks and choose s the appropriate one. Every time y ou turn o n your phon e, it r esets to Automati c . ⢠Manual: The phone sear ches for ne tworks and then shows a list of the ones that are available. If an availabl e network is found, Available: appears on the scr een, followed b y the name o f the ne twork. T o choose t he network listed, pr ess OK . ⢠New sea rch: Y our phone begins a new search for both private and residential syst ems. When it f inds the b est sys tem av ail able, th e phon e show s the syst em name. If the phone doesnâÂÂt find anothe r system, the question P erform an extended search? will appear . Press OK if you wis h to con tinue searc hing. Select a public system When you t ake your pho ne outside it s home system, the phone is sai d to be roamin g . The phone ca n search for home -type syst ems (that is, systems of the same type as your home system). Or , the phone can sea rch for non-home-t ype syst ems. Y ou r service provider programs a list of preferred systems into your phone . Thes e are syst ems with which your service provider h as roaming agreemen ts. Your ph one looks for thes e systems w hen youâÂÂre ro aming. Note: The options described here may not be availab le for your phone. Contact you r service provider for i nformation. 1 Press Menu 4-6-7 ( Sett ings > Net work s ervices > Public sy stem selec tion ) to tell your phone how to cho ose a public system (network). Y our selection remains a ctive unt il you change it. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 70 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 71 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 2 Scroll to one of the following options, then press Selec t . Any syst em: When servic e is not av ailab le in yo ur hom e sy stem , the phone searches f or a preferred syst em of eit her type and then s earc hes fo r a hom e- type syst em. Then it searche s for a non home-type sy stem. The sea rch continues until yo ur phone finds a syste m that can be used. Home type: When serv ice is not a vailable in yo ur home sys tem, the phon e sear ches for a home -typ e syst em firs t. Howe ver , if a non home- type sy stem is found, your ph one will use that system. Nonhom e type : The phone searches for a nonhome-type system only . The home-t ype system is not us ed. Home only: The phone uses only its home system. It will not roam. Select digital or analog Y ou r phone can w ork in both digital and analog modes. Th e default mode is b oth digital a nd analog , which ap pears on your phon e as Digital & analog when you press Menu 4-6-8 ( Settings > Network ser vices > Digital/analog selection ). The menu option s for choosing the m ode you prefer are : â¢D i g i t . & ana log â¢A n a l o g â¢D i g i t a l Y o ur phone uses both digital and analog voice c hannels. The phone alw ays tries to find a digital voice channel first, but i f a digital voice channe l is not a vail able, the phone looks for an analo g voice channel. Note: This feature is availa ble only for certain phon es. Contact yo ur service provider for more information. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 71 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
72 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Security 10 S e c u r i t y Y ou r phone is equipped w ith different security features that allow you to do the following: ⢠Avoid makin g accidenta l calls ⢠Preve nt unau thorized use rs from ch anging c ertain fea ture s ettings o n your phon e ⢠Restrict outgo ing or incom ing calls ⢠USE KEYGUARD Keyguard disables your keypad to p reve nt acc iden tal key presses. LOC K THE KEY PAD T o lock t he keys , pres s Menu the n * . UNLOCK THE KEY PAD To unlock th e keys, press Unloc k then * . Note: When Keyguard is on, calls may be possible to emergency numbers (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergen cy number). K ey in the emergenc y number and press the Tal k key . The n umber is display ed only after you have keyed in its last digit. Answer a call while K eyguard is active Y ou can answe r calls whe n Keyguard is activa ted by pre ssing Answe r or the Tal k key . If you are connected to a headset or loopset, press and hold the End key to en d the call. NOTES ABOUT KE YGUARD ⢠After you en d the call, Keyguard automatically becomes a ctive agai n. ⢠If you need th e phoneâÂÂs ligh ts while Keyguard is on, press the Po w e r key to quickly switc h the lights on for 15 s econds. ⢠Connecting your phone to a car kit a utomatically disables Keyguard. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 72 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 73 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠UNDERSTAND THE SECURITY CODE The Securit y code prev ents unaut horized users fro m changing certain importa nt feature settings o n your phone. Whe n the phone re quires this code, it displays a prompt asking you t o enter a Security cod e. The five-digit default Se curity code that come s with yo ur phone is 12 345. Nok ia recomm ends tha t you change the default code immediate ly . Note: If you enter an incorrec t security code five times in a row , the phon e will not accept t he correct code for 5 minutes. Change your security code 1 Press Menu 4-5-2 ( Sett ings > Secur ity sett ings > C hang e s ecuri ty c ode ). 2 At the Secur ity code prompt, enter your five-digit default secu rity code (12345) or your cu rrent security code and press OK . 3 At the Enter ne w se curi ty co de prompt, enter you r new five -digit securit y code and press OK . 4 At the V erify new secu rity c ode promp t, enter your n ew secu rity code again and press OK . The confirmation Securit y code changed app ear s. Ke e p y o u r s e c u r it y c o d e s e c r e t a n d s t o r e d i n a s a f e p l a c e a wa y f r o m y o u r p h o n e . I f you have changed your security code and donâÂÂt remembe r the new code, contact your service provider . ⢠RES TRICT CALLS Y ou can creat e your own list of res trictions to res trict incom ing and outgoin g calls. To re strict the calls, you apply the appropriate restriction as desired. The maximum number o f call res trictions you can d efine is ten. Before you define restrictions for outgoing calls, Add res tricti on is the only available option. After you use th e Add res trictio n option to add at least one restriction, the fol lowing options become available: ⢠Selec t : Allows you to se lect ca ll rest rictio ns from t he outg oing ca lls list . ⢠Add res tricti on : Allows you to add a ne w restriction. ⢠Edit : Allows you t o edit an ex isting call restric tion. ⢠Delete : Allows you to delete an e xisting call restriction. Note: When calls are restricted, calls may be possible t o the emergency number programmed in to your phone (for example, 91 1 or other official emergency n umber). For example, y ou could dial 9 1 1 and press the Ta lk key . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 73 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
74 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Security Add a number to the call restricti on list 1 Press Menu 4-5-1-1 ( Setting s > Se curit y settin gs > Call rest rictio ns > Restrict outgoin g calls ). 2 Enter your s ecurity code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict out going calls , th en pr ess Selec t . 4 Scroll to Add re stricti on and press Selec t . 5 At the num ber prompt, enter the n umber you wa nt to restrict, and press OK . For ex ample , if you want to re stric t all long dista nce cal ls tha t begin with 1, enter 1 . If you w ant to rest rict all calls that begin with 972, enter 972. 6 Enter a name for the restriction, t hen press OK . If you pre ss OK without e ntering a na me, the nu mber will be used. Restrict outgoing calls 1 Press Menu 4-5-1-1 ( Setting s > Se curit y settin gs > Call rest rictio ns > Restrict outgoin g calls ). 2 Enter your s ecurity code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to Restrict out going calls , th en pr ess Selec t . 4 Scroll to Select to choose from your list of c all restrictions. To deactivate a call restriction, hi ghlight the rest riction and press Unmar k . 5 Scroll to the re striction y ou want t o activate and press Mark . 6 Press Back . 7 At Save ch anges? , pre ss Ye s . To return to the start scree n, press the End key . Restrict all incoming calls 1 Press Menu 4-5-1-2 ( Setting s > Se curit y settin gs > Call rest rictio ns > Rest rict inc omin g cal ls ). 2 Enter your s ecurity code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to Restr ict inco ming ca lls , then press Selec t . 4 Press Mark to restrict a ll incoming c alls. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 74 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 75 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 1 1 Special features This se ction descri bes several special featu res, incl uding transm ission of busines s cards, downloading ringing tones, using t he calculator and setting the alarm clock. ⢠USE THE ALARM CLOCK The alarm clock feature is based on your phoneâÂÂs internal clock and sounds an alert at a tim e you spe cify . Th e alarm clock w orks e ven if you turn you r phon e off. Set the alarm clock 1 Press Menu 4-1-1 ( Setting s > T ime setti ngs > Alarm clock ). 2 Enter the ala rm time in hh:mm format, then press OK . Step 3 is n ecessary onl y if you have selecte d am/pm format. 3 Select either am or pm , then pr ess Selec t . Respond to the alarm At th e tim e of t he ala rm, t he pho ne so unds an alert tone. Pressing Stop or the End key stops th e alarm from sounding, and returns yo u to the start s creen. SNOOZING There are sever al ways you can enable th e Snooze feature: 1 Press th e Snooz e selection k ey . 2 Press an y key exc ept the End key . 3 Allow the ala rm to sound for one minut e. Once snooze is enabled, the alarm will s ound again in te n minutes . If you press Stop or the End key while snoozing, the al arm will be turn ed off. Alarm when phone power i s off If the alarm tim e is reached wh ile the phone is off, the phon e switches its elf on and starts sounding the alar m tone. If you press Stop , the phone asks whether y ou want to activate the phone for calls. Press No to switch off the phone or Yes to make and receive calls. Note: Do not press Ye s when wireless phone use is prohibited or wh en it may cause inte rference or danger . Turn off the alarm clock 1 Press Menu 4-1-1 ( Setting s > T ime setti ngs > Alarm clock ). 2 Scroll to Off and press Selec t . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 75 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
76 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Special features ⢠USE THE CA LCULATOR The calcula tor adds, subtract s, multiplies, div ides and conve rts currencies. 1 Press Menu 7 ( Calculator ) 2 Enter the first n umber in the calculatio n. To enter a decima l point, press # . Press Clear to delete any mist akes. 3 Press Options and scroll to Add, Subt ract, Mu ltiply , or Div ide . Press OK . Based upon th e type of ca lculat ion, you also ca n use the f ollowing shortcu t keys: 4 Enter the s econd num ber in the c alculation a nd press Options . Equal s appears. 5 Press OK . 6 Rep eat s teps 2-6 as ma ny tim es a s nece ss ary . Y ou r phone must be switche d on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wirele ss phone use is prohibite d or when it may c ause interferen ce or danger . Note: This calculator h as a limite d accuracy and rounding errors m ay occur , especially in long divisions. Convert currency Y ou can use the calculator fu nction to set an ex change rate and the n calcu late prices based on that e xchange rate. SET THE EXCHANGE RATE 1 Press Menu 7 ( Calculator ), then pres s Options . 2 Scroll to Exchang e rate , press OK and select one of the following option s: ⢠Forei gn un its co nver ted to home units â allows you to en ter the nu mber of foreign units to a domestic u nit. ⢠Hom e unit s conve rted to fo reign unit s â allows you to en ter the nu mber of domestic units to a foreign unit. If you want to ... Press... add â (for symbol) subt ract âÂÂâ twice (for - symbol) multip ly âÂÂâÂÂâ (for * symbol) divid e âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ (for / symbol) 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 76 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 77 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 3 Press OK , enter the appropriate exchange rate (press # to enter a de cimal point) and press OK . The initial de fault of 1 is ove rwritten by any number you enter an d the Rate save d confirmation appears. CONV ERT A CURR ENCY AMO UNT 1 Press Menu 7 ( Calculator ). 2 Enter the amount wh ich you wish to convert. 3 Press Options and scroll to one of the fo llowing options: ⢠To h o m e â conve rts visited u nits of curre ncy to home units us ing the excha nge rate. ⢠To f o re i g n â conve rts home units of currency to vis ited unit s using the excha nge rate. 4 Press OK . ⢠BUSINESS CARDS Y ou r phone can send or rece ive electronic business cards consisting of a name, phone numbe r and e-ma il. Y ou can sa ve receive d business cards in your c ontact list. This is a network d ependent feature . Send a business card 1 Find the n ame in y our contact list. 2 Press Options and scroll to Send bu s. card . 3 Press Selec t . 4 Enter or recall the ph one number to w hich you want to s end the busine ss card and press Send . View a receive d business card When you receiv e a busine ss card , the phon e displ ays Business car d received . 1 When your phone displays Business car d received , press Options . 2 Show is select ed. Press Select . 3 Scroll throug h the available information. Save a viewed business card 1 After viewing the business card, press Back , scroll to Save and press Selec t . 2 At the Name: prompt, edit th e name if desired, then press OK . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 77 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
78 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Special features 3 At the Number : prompt, edit the number if desired, the n press OK . 4 At the E-mail addr ess p rompt , edit the e- mail a ddre ss if des ire d, th en pr ess OK . Delete a viewed business card After viewing th e busine ss card: 1 Press Back . 2 Scroll to Disca rd , then pre ss Selec t . 3 Dis card bu sines s card ? appears, press OK . ⢠DOWNLOAD A RINGING TONE Y o u can down load up to te n ringing tone s to replace the personal entrie s in your list of ringing t ones. Since this is a netw ork dependent feature, metho ds for downloading ringing tones vary . Som e wireless providers allow you to send ringing tones to your phone via the Internet, but may charge for this service. Please contact your wireless s ervice provider for details. Notification of a receive d ringing tone If you have this service and your phone receives a downloaded ringing tone, your phone displays Ringing tone received . Listen to received r inging tones 1 When your phone shows Ringi ng tone received , press Options . 2 Playback is selec ted. Press OK . The phone plays the rin ging tone. 3 To stop playing the ringing to ne, press Quit . Note: An incoming ca ll or pressing any key stops the ringing to ne from playing. Save a received ringing tone 1 After listening t o the rin ging tone, pre ss Quit . 2 Scroll to Save to ne . Press OK . 3 Choose which ringing tone you want to replace â either an e mpty Per s o n a l location, if any are remain ing, or a previously downloaded ton e. Discard a received ringing tone 1 After listening t o the rin ging tone, pre ss Quit . 2 Scroll to Disca rd ton e , then press OK . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 78 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 79 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 12 Prepaid services With prepaid service, you b uy wireless network services in advance. Your phone w orks the same way it did before, w ith some additional fe atures. Since prepaid service may not be available from your wireless service provide r , the Prepa id scree n may not appear . Contact your service provider for details. ⢠MANAGE PREPAID SERVICE After you si gn up with y our service provider for prep aid servic e, you c an activate the Prepaid menu in your phone . This menu appears on your screen only if youâÂÂve activated the service. ACTIVATE P REPAID T o act ivate prepaid servi ces, ente r the f oll owing sequ ence: * #7766# DEACTIVA TE PREPAID T o deactivate pre paid services, enter the following sequence: * #77633# USE THE MENU ⢠T o use the prepaid menu, pres s Menu and then press the Scroll up key t o go immediately to Prepaid . ⢠Onc e you s elec t the pr epai d menu, p ress th e Scroll up or Scroll do wn key to scroll through prepaid options. ⢠CHECK YOUR PREPAID BALANCE Y ou can che ck the bala nce rem aining in y our prepaid acc ount. C ontac t yo ur s ervic e provider for the access number u sed to check the balanc e. Note: When no m ore charging units o r currency u nits are le ft, calls may only be possible to the emergency num ber programmed int o your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). 1 Press Menu 8-1 ( Prepaid > Ch eck accoun t balance ). 2 At Balan ce number , enter t he balanc e number an d press OK . If yo u have alre ady s aved th e bala nce nu mber u nder Save acce ss phone num bers , the phone will initiate a call to the saved num ber . 3 Follow the operator prompts. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 79 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
80 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Prepaid services ⢠ADD MONE Y TO YOUR ACC OUNT Call the acc ess numbe r your service provider gave y ou to add mon ey to your accoun t. For con venien ce, se e âÂÂS ave yo ur acces s numbe rsâ on page 8 0. 1 Press Menu 8-2 ( Prepaid > A dd mone y to accou nt ). 2 At Repleni sh no. , enter t he replen ish num ber and pre ss OK . If you hav e already saved the replenish number unde r Save a ccess ph one num bers , the phone will initiate a call to the saved num ber . 3 Follow the operator prompts. ⢠CALL CUSTOMER SERVICE Y ou can call the c ustomer service number for y our prepaid acc ount. Conta ct your service provider for the acces s numbers. 1 Press Menu 8-3 ( Prepa id > Call c ustomer servic e ). 2 Enter t he cust omer serv ice number your serv ice pro vider g ave you , then pr ess OK . If you have already saved the customer service number under Save ac cess ph one num bers , the phone will initiate a call to the saved number . 3 Follow the operator prompts. ⢠SAVE YOUR ACCESS NUMBERS You can ch ec k yo ur pr epai d ba lanc e, a dd mo ney to y our acco unt , a nd c al l custome r service. To do that, you first need to save the correct access numbers in your phone. Contact your service provider fo r the access numbers. 1 Press Menu 8-4 ( Prepaid > Sa ve access phon e numbers ). 2 At Save ac cess phon e numb ers , pre ss Selec t . 3 Scroll to Replenis h phone numb er , pr ess Selec t , enter th e replenis h numb er from your service provider , th en press OK . 4 Scroll to Balance phone number , pres s Selec t . 5 Enter the balanc e number from your service provider , then press OK . 6 Scroll to Customer se rvice p hone number , then press Selec t . 7 Enter the cust omer service num ber from your servic e provider , th en press OK . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 80 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 81 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠EXPIRATION DATE Y o u can s tore and edit the expiration date of your pre paid credit e ach time y ou add money to y our accoun t. Enter and c hange this d ate manually . 1 Press Menu 8 ( Prep aid ). 2 Scroll to Expira tion da te , then press Sele ct . 3 Enter the e xpiration date , then pr ess OK . To simply view the current expiration date that you have e ntered, press Menu 8-5 ( Prep aid > Expira tion da te ). 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 81 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
82 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Games 13 Games Y ou can use your ph one for communic ation an d some serious fun. Your phone offers three games: ⢠Snake II â¢S p a c e i m p a c t â¢P a i r s I I Note: Y our phone mu st be switched on t o use this funct ion. Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠START A NEW GAME 1 Press Menu 6 ( Games ) 2 Scroll to the desired game and press Select . 3 Select New game , then pres s Selec t . Additional options under eac h game include: Option Wha t it does Cont inue Continue a game that was stopped. New Ga me Start a new game. Level (Snake II and Pairs II only) Choose the ga meâÂÂs difficulty le vel. Maze s (Snake II on ly) Choose among different m aze designs. Top score Display the top scor e. Instru ctio ns Learn how to play the game. Time trial (P airs II only ) To advance to the ne xt level, you m ust pair up all tiles before t he dynamite fus e runs out. Puzzle (Pairs II only ) R e v e a l p i c t u r e s t o f i n d p a i r s w i t h a s f e w t r i e s as possible. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 82 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 83 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Please visit Nok ia games services on the Interne t for more hints and tips at: www .nokia. com/us . GAME SETTINGS Game sounds and lights can be turned on or off. To access the Settin gs menu, press Menu 6-4 ( Games > Setti ngs ). â¢S N A K E I I Feed the snake with as many goodies as p ossible and watch i t grow . Press Menu 6-1 . To turn the snake toward the food, press 2 , 4 , 6 , and 8 . The longe r the sn akeâÂÂs tail grows, the higher you r score. Y ou can choose to hav e a clear field, or sele ct from five different maze s. If the snake ru ns into its ow n tail or the s urrounding wall, found in one of the maz e levels, the game is over. ⢠S PACE IMPA CT Use your weap ons to survi ve alien attacks. When you de feat all the enem ies, you progress to the next level . Press Menu 6 -2 . ⢠T o move u p and down, press 8 and 0 . ⢠T o mov e to the left and right, press * and # . ⢠T o fire the main weapons, press 1 or 3 . ⢠To fire the bonus weapon s, press 4 or 6 . ⢠PAI RS II The object of the game is to uncove r the pictures to fi nd pairs in as few trie s as possible. Press Menu 6-3 and choose between Time Tri al and Puzzle . Move th e curso r with ke ys 2 , 4 , 5 , and 8 . T o reveal the pictures, press 5 . When playing in Time tri al mode, you must match all th e pairs before the dynam ite fuse runs out in order to advance to th e next level. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 83 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
84 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Minute Manager 14 Minute Manager With Minute M anager serv ice , you ca p mont hly spending of cellular service. This sect ion describes how you can use your M inute Ma nager menu to ma nage your cellula r account. Since this se rvice may not be available from yo ur wireless serv ice provider , the Minute Mgr . screen may not appear . Contac t your service provider for de tails. Note: The actual invo ice for calls an d services from yo ur service provider may vary , depending upon n etwork features, ro unding-off for billing, taxes, and so forth. ⢠CHECK YOUR CALL INFORMAT ION Y ou can che ck informa tion on char ges, minutes and messages . To acc es s th i s information press Menu 9-1 ( Minute Mgr . > My calls ). My charges My charges allows you to view your current c all charge s. Y ou can v iew the current charges for all calls made this billing cycle, or you can view the charge for the last call you made. My charges in formation is approximate. The actual c harges and minutes will be listed on your mon thly bill. To view you r charges: 1 Press Menu 9-1-1 ( Minute Mgr . > My calls > My charges ). 2 Scroll to Current or My last c all . 3 Press Selec t to view the charges. Press Back to return to the pre vious screen. Note: If you ex ceed your Mi nute Manager lim it, calls ma y only be p ossible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergen cy number). Y ou can also ca ll 61 1 and the cus tomer service n umber fo r your M inute Manager accou nt. My minutes Y ou can check the m inutes yo uâÂÂve used in the curre nt billing cyc le, as we ll as the number of any time minute s remaining in your planâÂÂs pa ckage. Thi s information is for regular pla n minutes. It does not include informa tion on lon g distance ca lls or SMS messag es. To view y our minut es: 1 Press Menu 9-1-2 ( Minute Mgr . > My calls > My minutes ). 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 84 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 85 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 2 Scroll to Minu tes us ed or P ac kage mins . 3 Press Selec t to view the nu mber of m inutes . My data Y ou can che ck the t otal numbe r of SMS mess ages you ha ve sent and receive d. This number includes any free message s provided by you r plan. 1 Press Menu 9-1-3 ( Minute M gr . > My cal ls > My data ). 2 Scroll to Mess age s sen t or Msgs receive d . 3 Press Selec t to view the numbe r of mess ages. ⢠CHECK YOUR ACCOUNT INFORMATION Y ou can che ck informa tion on your cu rrent bill, lim it and rate plan. To access this information press Menu 9 -2 ( Minute Mg r . > My account ). My bill Bill information i s updated by your service prov ider and reflects the current amount owed. To view your current bill, press Menu 9-2-1 ( Minute M gr . > My accoun t > My bi ll ). My bill date The bill date i s the date when the next bill cyc le starts. To view your bill date, press Menu 9-2-2 ( Minute Mgr . > My account > My bill date ). My limit Y ou can view the spending limit of you r account. This amount is set by your service provider during account activation an d is independent of any balance information. Contact you r service provider for m ore informati on. To view your limit, press Menu 9-2-3 ( Minut e Mgr . > My acc ount > My lim it ). My rate plan This menu prov ides information about your curre nt rate plan. Press Menu 9-2-4 ( Minute M gr . > My accoun t > My r ate plan ). 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 85 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
86 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Minute Manager My number To view your mobile number , press Menu 9-2-5 ( Minut e Mgr . > My accou nt > My numb er ). ⢠CUSTOM ER CARE Y ou ca n call the custo mer care n umber f or your Minute Ma nager account. T his i s the same nu mber you wil l call to make a payment . The custom er care number may be pre-pr ogramme d in yo ur phon e. If no t, cont act your se rvice p rovide r for the n umbe r . Make a payment Y ou can follow the se ste ps to c ontact cu stomer servic e and to make a paymen t. 1 Press Menu 9-3 ( Minute M gr . > Cust omer car e ). 2 When Make payment is highligh ted, press Selec t . The cust omer care numbe r will appear on the screen. 3 Press Call to dial the nu mber . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 86 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 87 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 15 Reference information This secti on provid es infor mation a bout yo ur phon eâÂÂs batter ies, accessori es, c har ge rs , safety guideline s and te chnical in formation. Be aware that the informatio n in th is section is subject to change as batteries, chargers, and accessories change. ⢠BATTERY STATEMENTS Charging and discharging Y ou r phone is powered by a rech argeable battery . Note that a ne w battery' s full performance may be ac hieved only afte r two or three complete charge and discharge cyc les! The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times but it will eventu all y wear ou t. When th e operati ng time (t alk tim e and st andby t ime) is not iceably s horter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only b atteries approved b y the phone man ufacturer and rec harge your batte ry only with the chargers approved by the man ufacturer . Unplug th e charger when not in use. Do not lea ve the batt ery connec ted to a cha rger for longer than a we ek, since overc harging may shorten its lifetim e. If left unused, a fu lly charge d battery will disch arge itself over time. Tem perature extremes can affect the ability of yo ur batt ery to charge; allow it to co ol down or warm up first. For good operation times with NiMH batteries, discharge the battery from time to time by leav ing your phone switched on until it turns itself off (or by using the battery disch arge facility of a ny approved acc essory available for y our ph on e). Do not atte mpt to discha rge the batte ry by any othe r means. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery whic h is damaged or worn out . Do not short-c ircuit the ba ttery . Accidental s hort-circuiting can occu r when a metallic object (coin, clip, or pen) causes di rect connection of th e and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the battery), for example, whe n you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting t he terminals may damage the battery or the connectin g object. Leaving the battery in hot or cold place s, such as in a closed ca r in summ er or winter con ditions, wil l reduce th e capacity and lifetim e of the batte ry . Alw ays try to keep the batte ry between 59ðF and 77ðF (15ðC and 25 ðC). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily not work, even when the battery is fully charged. Batteries' performance is particu larly limite d in temp eratures wel l below freez ing. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 87 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
88 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Do not dispose of batteries in a fire! Dispose of batteries acc ording to applic able local reg ulati ons (for exam ple, recycl ing). Do not dispose of as household w aste. Note: For in form ati on on ho w to c har ge and rec harge y our b atte ry , refer to âÂÂImportant battery in formationâ on page 18. ⢠P ROPER CARE AND M AIN TENAN CE Y ou r phone is a product of superior design and craftsman ship and should be treated with care. The suggestions be low will help you to fulfill any warran ty obligations and to enjoy this produc t for many years: ⢠Ke ep the phone and all its parts and acce ssories out of the re ach of small childr en. ⢠Keep the phone dry . Precipitation, humidity and all ty pes of liquids or mo isture can cont ain minerals th at will corrod e electronic c ircuits. ⢠Do not use or store the ph one in dusty , dirty areas. Its moving parts c an be damaged. ⢠Do not store the phon e in hot areas. High te mperatures can shorten t he life of electronic devices, damage batterie s, and warp or melt certain plastics. ⢠Do not store the ph one in cold areas. W hen it warms up (to its norm al temperature), mois ture can form inside and m ay damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open the phone. None xpert ha ndling may da mage it. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or sh ake the phone. Rough han dling can brea k internal circuit boards. ⢠Do not use harsh che micals, cle aning sol vents, or st rong detergen ts to clean the phon e. ⢠Do not paint the phone. Paint can clog the m oving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attach ments could damage th e phone and may violate regulations governing radio devices. All of the above suggestions apply equally to your phone, battery , charge r or any accessory . If any of the m are not w orking properly , ta ke them to your ne arest qualified service facility . The personnel the re will assist you, and if n ecessary , arrange for service. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 88 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 89 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION This section provides additional safety information. A brief overview of safety can be found in âÂÂFor y our safetyâ on page 7 . T raffic safety Do not use a hand-held telephone while driving a vehicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do n ot place the phone on th e passenger seat or where it can break loose in a co llision or sudden stop. Remember road safety always c omes first! Operating environment Remember to fol low any spec ial regulations in forc e in any area a nd always switch off y our p hone wh enever it is forb idden to us e it, o r when it may caus e inter fere nce or danger . Use the pho ne only in it s normal o perating positions. P arts of the phone are magnetic. Me tallic materials may be attra cted to the phone, and persons with a hearing aid should not hold th e phone to the ear with the hear ing aid. Al ways s ecu re t he ph one in i ts ho lder , becau se metallic materials may be attracted by the earpiece. Do not place credit car ds or oth er magne tic storage medi a nea r the phon e, becaus e in forma tio n stored on them may be erased. Electronic devices Most modern electronic equip ment is shielde d from radio frequen cy (RF) sign als. However , cer tain e lectron ic eq uipment may no t be s hielded against the RF signals from your wireless phone. PA C E M A K E R S P acemaker m anufactu rers recom mend th at a minimu m separati on of 6-8 i nches (20 cm) be maintain ed between a hand- held wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference w ith the pacemaker . Th ese recommendations are consistent w ith the in dependent res earch by and re commendation s of Wirele ss T echnology Research. P ersons with pacemakers: ⢠Should always keep the phon e more than 6 in ches (20 c m) from their pacemaker when the phone is switched on ⢠Should not carry the phone in a brea st pocket ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the pot ential for interference. ⢠If you have any reason to suspec t that interference is taking place , switch off your phone imme diately . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 89 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
90 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation HEA RING AI DS Some digital wireless ph ones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interfere nce, you m ay want to consult you r service provide r . Other medical devices Operation of a ny radio transmit ting equip ment, including cellular phone s, may interfere with the functio nality of inad equately protected medical devices. C onsult a physician or the manu facturer of the medical dev ice to determin e if t hey ar e adequately shiel ded from external RF energy or if y ou have any questions. Switch off your phone in health care facilities when any regulat ions posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or heal th care facilities may be using equipment that could b e sensitive t o external RF energy . V ehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic sy ste m s in moto r vehicl es (for exampl e, elec tronic f uel in jection systems, el ec t ron ic an ti sk id / antilock braking systems, electronic speed control systems , air bag systems). Check wi th the manufacturer or its repr esentative regarding you r v eh ic le . You sh ou ld al so c on su lt the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to y our vehicle. P OSTED FACILITIES Switch your phone off in a ny facility w here posted n otices so req uire. P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch off your phone when in any area wit h a potentially explosive atmosphe re and obey all signs and inst ructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Users are a dvised to switch off the phone when at a refuelling point (service sta tion). Users a re remind ed of th e nee d to obs erve r estr ictio ns on the us e of ra dio equipment in fu el depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progre ss. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but not always c learly marked. They inclu de below deck on boats; chemical tra nsfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders; and any o ther a rea where y ou woul d norm ally be a dvised to tur n off yo ur vehi cle engi ne. V ehicles Only qualified personn el should service the phone or install the phone in a vehic le. Faulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warra nty which ma y apply to the un it. Check regularly that all w ireless phone e quipment in your vehicle is mounte d an d operating properly . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 90 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 91 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Do not store or carry flamm able liquids, gases or explosive materials in the same compartmen t as the phone, its parts or acce ssories. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place ob jects, including both inst alled or portable wirele ss eq uipm ent in the area over th e air ba g or in the air bag deploy ment a re a. I f i n- ve hicl e w ir el es s equipm ent i s improp erly in stall ed and t he air bag in flates , seriou s inju ry cou ld resu lt. FCC regulations prohibit using you r phone while in the air . Switc h off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless t elephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network, and may be ille gal. Failure to observe these instructions m ay lead to suspension or denial of tele phone services to the offende r , legal action or both. ⢠MAKE EMERGENCY C ALLS Importan t: This phon e, l ike a ny wi rele ss phone , oper ates using ra dio signa ls, wireless, and la ndline network s as well as user-pr ogram med fun ct ion s. Because of this, connections in all con ditions cannot be guaranteed. Therefore you should ne ver rely solely upon an y wireless phone for essential com munications (for example, medi cal emergen cies). Emergency calls may not b e possible on all wireless ph one networks or w hen certain network service s and/or phone features are in use. Check with local service providers. T o make an emergency call 1 If the phone is no t on, switch it on, the n check for adequate signal strengt h. 2 Press the End key as many times as neede d (for example, to ex it a call, to exi t a menu, etc.) to clear the display and ready the phone for calls. 3 Key in the emergen cy number for you r present location (for example , 9 1 1 or other official emergenc y number). Emergenc y numbers vary by location. 4 Press th e Talk key . If certain features are in use, (ke yguard, etc.) you may first need to turn those features off before you can make an emergency c all. Consult th is user guide an d your local wire less service provider . When makin g an eme rgency call, remember to g ive all th e necessary inform ation as accurately as possible. Remember th at your wireless phone may be the only means of co mmunicatio n at the sc ene of an acc ident - do not end the ca ll until given permission to do so. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 91 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
92 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Certification Information (SAR) THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE GOVERNMENT'S REQUIREMEN TS FOR EXPOSURE TO R A DI O W AV E S . Y o ur wireless phone is a radio transmitte r and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to excee d the emission l imits for ex posure to radio freque ncy (RF) ene rgy set by the Fe deral Commun ications Com mission of the U.S. Governm ent. These lim its are part of co mprehensive guide lines and est ablish permitted le vels of RF ene rgy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by indep endent scientific organiz ations through perio dic and thorough eval uatio n of s cienti fic studi es. T he st anda rds in clude a su bstan tial safe ty ma rgin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of me asurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR lim it set by the FCC is 1.6W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transm itting at its h ighest certifie d power level in all tested freque ncy bands. Alth ough the SAR is determ ined at the highest certifie d power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while ope rating can be well below the maximu m value. Th is is because t he phone is de signed to opera te at multiple p o w er l e v e l s s o a s to u s e o n l y t h e p o we r r eq u i re d t o r e a c h t h e ne tw o r k. In g e n e r a l , the closer you are to a wireless ba se station antenna, the lower the power output. Before a phone model is available for sale to th e public, it mu st be tested and certifi ed to the FCC that it does n ot exceed the limi t established by th e government- adopted requirement for safe exposure. T he tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at the ear and w orn on the body) as require d by the FCC for each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to th e FCC when tested for use at the ear is 1.08 W/kg, and when worn on the body , as described in th is user guide, is 0.96 W/k g. (Body-worn measurements diffe r among phone mo dels, depending upon available accessories and FCC requirements). While there m ay be differences between the SAR levels of various phon es and at various positions, they all meet th e government requirement. The FCC has granted an Equipm ent Authorization for th is model phone wit h all reported SAR levels evaluated as in com pliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR i nformation on this model p hone is on file with the FC C and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www .fcc.go v/oet/fccid after searching on FCC ID GMLRH-39. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 92 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 93 Copyright é 2003 Nokia For body worn operation , this phone has been tested and m eets the FCC RF exposure guideline s for use w ith an acce ssory that con tains no met al and that positions the handset a minimum of 5/8 inch (1.5 cm) from th e body . Use of other accessories may not ensure complia nce with FCC RF exposure guidelines. If you do not use a body-worn accessory and are not holding the phone at the ear , position the handset a m inimum of 5/8 i nch (1.5 cm) from you r body when the phone is switc hed on. *In the Unite d States and Canada, the SAR lim it for mobile phon es used by the public is 1.6 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional p rotection for the public and t o account for a ny variation s in measurem ents. SAR va lues may vary depending on national reporting requirements and the network ban d. For SAR information in othe r regions please look un der product inform ation at www .nokia. com/us . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 93 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
94 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation ⢠ACCESSORY SAFETY This section provides information about the ph oneâÂÂs batteries, chargers, and accessories . Be aware th at the informa tion in this section is subject to change as the batteries, chargers, and accessories change. Check the model numbe r of any charger before use w ith this phone. This device is intended for use w hen supplied with power from an ACP-7, ACP-8, ACP-12 or LCH-9 charger . Warning: Use only Nokia original access ories or batter ies, chargers, an d accessories approved by Nokia, for use with this Nokia phone model. The use of any other ty pes may invalidate any ap proval or warranty applying to the phone, and m ay be dangerous. For availability of approved acc essories, please check w ith your deale r . When you disconnect the power c ord of any accessory , grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. When you are not using a charger , disco nnect i t from t he power sour ce. When the bat tery is running out of power and your phone only has a few minutes of tal k time r ema ining, a warn ing t one sou nds an d th e Battery lo w message appears briefly . Whe n no more talk time is l eft, a warning tone is sounde d and the phone switches itself off. Practical rules for accessory operation ⢠Ke ep all accessorie s out of reach of sm all children. ⢠When you disconnect the power cord of any accessory , grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. ⢠Check regularly that any vehicle-in stalled accessories are mounte d and are operating properly . ⢠Installation of a ny complex c ar accessories must be made by qualified personnel only . ⢠Use only batteries, chargers, and accessories that have been approved by th e phone m anufa cturer . The us e of any o ther ty pes could invali date any approval or warranty applying to the phone and co uld be dangerous . R ef er to âÂÂAcce sso ry safetyâ on page 94 for importan t battery usage in formation. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 94 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 95 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Batteries This section provides inform ation about the phone âÂÂs battery . Be aware that the information in this section is subject t o change. Note: Dispose of used ba tteries in ac cordance with any local re gulations. The tables sh own in this section provide information abou t the batteries that are available for your phone, charging times with th e Rapid Trav el Charger (ACP-8 and ACP-12), the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7), talk times, and stand by times. Consult your s ervice provider for more information. Charging times The charging time s listed below are approxim ate. Standby and talk times Battery talk and standby times are estim ates only and depend on signal stre ngth, network condit ions, features used, ba ttery age and cond ition (including the effect of charging habits), te mperatures to which the battery is exposed, use in digital mode, and many other factors. Please note that t he amount of time a phone is u sed for calls will affect its standby tim e. Likewise , the amount of time that the phone is turned on a nd in standby mode will affe ct its talk t ime. Battery optio n ACP-7 Charger ACP-8 Charger ACP-12 Charger BMC-3 NiMH Battery 9 00 mAh up to 4 hou rs u p to 2 hours up to 1 hour, 40 minute s Battery option Talk ti me Standby Ti me Digital Analo g Digit al Analo g BMC-3 NiMH Battery 90 0 mAh up to 5 ho urs u p to 2 hours up to 1 5 days up to 2 days BLC-2 Li-Ion Battery 95 0 mAh up to 5 ho urs u p to 2 hours up to 1 6 days up to 2 days 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 95 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
96 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation ⢠ACCESSORIES If you wa nt to enhanc e the fun ctionality of your phone, a range of accessories is available for you. You can select any of these ite ms to help accommodate your spec ific communica tion needs. For availability of these an d other accessor ies, contact your service pr ovider . Warning: Use only Nokia original accessories, or batteries, chargers and accessories approved by Nokia, for use with this Nokia phone model. The use of any other ty pes may invalidate any ap proval or warranty applying to the phone, and m ay be dangerous. 900 mAh Ni MH Battery (B MC-3) Provides up to 5 hours of di gital talk time and up to 15 days of digital standby time. P rovides up to 2 h ours of analog talk time and up t o 2 days of analog standby tim e. Note: Opera tion ti mes a re estim ates and m ay var y depending on ne twork conditions, charging an d phone use. 950 m Ah Li -Ion Ba ttery ( BLC-2) ) Provides up to 5 hours of di gital talk time a nd up to 16 days of digital standby time. Provides up to 2 hours of analog talk t ime and up to 2 days of analog standby time. Note: Opera tion ti mes a re estim ates and m ay var y depending on ne twork conditions, charging an d phone use. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 96 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 97 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Standard Travel Charge r (ACP- 7) The Standard T ravel Ch arger is a lig htweight (187 g) and durable AC charger . T o use the Standard Travel Charger , plug it into a standard 12 0 V AC wall out let and co nnect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Note: If the batte ry is comple tely empt y , you cann ot use the ph one until it has enough charge to operate. Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8) The Rapid Travel Charger is a lightweight (1 00 g) and durable AC charger . Calls ca n be made during charging, even with a fu lly dischar ged b attery . T o use the Rapid Travel Charger (ACP-8), plug it into a standard 12 0- or 220-Vac wall ou tlet, and con nect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Approximate charging tim es for discharged batteries are shown in âÂÂCharging timesâ on page 95. Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-12) The Rapid Travel Charger is a lightweight and durable AC charger . Calls ca n be made during chargin g, ev en wit h a fu lly di scha rged batter y . T o use the Rapid T ravel Charger ( ACP-12), plug it into a sta ndard 120- or 22 0-Vac wall outle t, and connect the lead from the ch arger to the base of your phone. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 97 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
98 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9) Y ou can charge yo ur phoneâ s battery fro m yo ur vehicle battery by using the Rapid Cig arette Lighter Charger (LCH-9). Calls are possible during charging. A green light ind icate s that the ch arger is re ady for charg ing. The batt ery charging times are the same as those for the Rap id Travel Charger (ACP-8 ). The input voltage range is from 1 1-24 Vdc, negative grounding. Avoid prolo nged charging with the Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9) when the c ar en gi ne is not running; this cou ld cause your car battery to drain. No te also, that in some cars, the cigarette ligh ter plug i s not provided wit h electrici ty if the ignit ion is not switc hed on. Spare Battery Charger (DDC -1) Lightweight and stylish, th is charger provides a convenie nt way to ch arge your spare battery . This charger is compatible with the Standa rd T ravel Cha rger (ACP- 7) and the Ra pid T ravel Charger ( ACP-8). Headset (HDC-5) Small and light weight, th e headset allow s easy an d convenient han ds- fr ee operation. The headset has a foam earpiece cover for a comfortable fit and has a clip to ho ld it firmly in pla ce. This headsetâ s 4-wire 2.5 m m plug fits directly i nto th e botto m of the phone. A rem ote control bu tton located in the microphon e makes the hea dset co nveni ent to use whil e an swerin g or receiving calls. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 98 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 99 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Headset (HDE-2) Small and light weight, th e headset allow s easy an d convenient hands-free o peration. This he adset come s with a c lip for a comfortable fit. This hea dsetâÂÂs 4-wire 2.5 mm plu g fits directly into the botto m of your phone . Boom Headset (HDB-5) Compact and functional, the Boom Headset provides y ou with convenient, portable hands-free facility . A new and modern âÂÂover the earâ concept with a stylish de sign and basic hand s-free functionality , including the answer/end button . This heads etâÂÂs 4-wire 2. 5 mm plug fits directly in to the bo ttom of your phone. Retractable Headset Kit (HDC-1 0 ) Compact and functional, th is headset prov ides you with c onvenient, portable, ha nds-free operation. The retractable mech anism and remote control provide easy operation. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 99 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 0 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Loopset (LPS-3) With the Nokia Loopset, people w ho use a T-coil equipped hearing aid ha ve the freedom to talk on a digital mobile phon e. The loopset goes around your neck - so it can be worn comfort ably and discreetly . TTY/TDD Adapter (HD A-9) The TTY/TDD Adapter is a Nok ia accessory th at allows you to con nect your mobile phon e to a Telecommunica tions Device for the Deaf (TTY/TDD) to m ake a call in digital mode . WHAT YOUâÂÂLL NEED Here is what y ouâÂÂll need for TTY/TD D communica tion. ⢠A TTY/TDD de vice that is âÂÂcellular readyâ or â cellular compatible â â¢ A cable for connecting t he TTY/TDD to your phone, usually su pplied by the manufacturer of the TTY/TDD device. ⢠The TTY/TD D Adapter (HD A-9), which can be pu rchased sepa rately as a n accesso ry at www .nokia.com/us . Mobile Holder (MBC-6) Small and easy to use, the Mobile Holder provides an ideal place to h old the phone in a vehicl e. The Mobile Holder is ea sy to attach to th e dashboard via a mounting plate or swivel. The Mobile Holder is compatible with the Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LCH-9) and the Express Car Kit (PPH-1). TTY/TDD Adapter 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 100 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 101 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Express Car Kit (CARK-1 25) This car kit provides charging and hands- free functiona lity . With e xcellent audio qualit y , the car kit is easy to use and is compatible with 12 V systems. The Expre ss Car Kit inc ludes a hold er and plug-in, hands-free, external microphone. Express Car Kit (PPH-1) The Express Car Kit prov ides charging and hands-free functionalit y . Com patible with 1 2 V system s, the Express Car Kit plugs into the cigarette lighter socket for charging. A green light indicates readiness for charging. The Express Car Kit has a built in speaker and uses the phoneâÂÂs microphone. The Express Car Kit also has a connector for an optional external microphone (HFM -8). The microphon e should be instal led 20 inches a part from th e exter nal s peaker. The Express Car Ki t requires no screw s for installation and thus can be moved ea sily from car to ca r . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 101 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 2 C opyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Full Car Kit (CARK-1 34) The Full Ca r Kit (CARK-13 4) offers a co nveni ent ha nds-fre e opti on, automatic c harging facility , transmission c apacity with external antenna connection an d car radio mute. The Full C ar Kit co ntains th e following: ⢠HHS-9 Sw ivel Mount ⢠HFU-5 J unction Box ⢠MKU-1 Mounting Plate ⢠HFM-8 Handsfree Micropho ne ⢠HFS-12 External Handsfree Speaker ⢠PCH-4J P ower Cable Carry case (CSM-6 ) Handsome leat her case helps protect your phone and allows for easy ke ypad ac cess. The clip atta ches to your belt for conv enie nce. (sh own at r ight ) 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 102 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 103 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Nokia Xpress-on⢠color covers The Xpress-on⢠cov er is available in se veral fashion colors. Extra cov ers may be purchased from your auth orized Nokia dealer . Note: Before changing the co ver , always switch off the power an d disconnect the phone from t he charger or any other device. Always store the phone with co vers atta ched. REMO VE TH E BACK COVER 1 Swit ch o ff th e pow er a nd di scon nect t he ph one from the charger or any other device. 2 Push in the rele ase button on the back of the phon e, slide the cover tow ard the top of the ph one, and remove it. REMO VE TH E FRON T COVE R 1 Use the finger rests on each side o f the phone and hold the ph one face down. 2 While holding the phone, place y our finger on th e grove betwee n the phone and th e cover. 3 Gently pry the front cover away from the phone and lift the phone out of the cove r . REMOVE T HE KEYPAD 1 Lift the keypad from the inside of the front cover . 2 Place the k eypad into the new front cover . REPLACE THE FRONT C OVER 1 Slide t he top of t he phone i nto the to p of the front co ver . Be ca reful t o align th e power k ey/IR port with its place in the top of the front cover . 2 Gently push the bottom of the phone into the bottom of the front cov er until it snaps in to place. REPLACE THE BACK CO VER 1 Insert th e two c atches of the ba ck cover i n the c orrespon ding slo ts in the phone. 2 Slide t he cover to wards the bott om of the p hone until it lock s into p lace. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 103 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 4 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation ⢠TEC HNICAL INFORMATION Feature Specification Weig ht 4.23 oz with BLC-2 battery 5.17 oz with BMC-3 battery V olume 10 8 c c Frequen cy Range Lowb and 824.04 - 848.97 MHz ( TX) 869.04 - 893.97 MHz ( RX) Highband 1850.04 - 1909.92 MH z (TX) 1930.08 - 1989.96 MH z (RX) T ransmit ter Out put P ower Up to 600 mW Battery V oltage 3.6 V nominal Opera tin g T emperatur e -4ðF to 104ðF (-20ðC to 40ðC) Numbe r of Channe ls 832 lowband 1997 highband Phone Num bers Up to 3 Contact Li st Locations Up to 200 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 104 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 105 Copyright é 2003 Nokia ⢠TROUBLES HOOTIN G This section lists some of the most commonly encountered problems and provides possible solutions. Proble m P ossib le cause P ossib le so lutio n My phone is not chargin g. The charger and the phone are not properly connected. Secu rely con nect the charger to the phone. The charger is not prope rly plugged in. Ensure that the charger is plugged in co rrectly . My phone is not making or answering calls . The battery is not charged. Charge the battery . The signal stren gth is too low. If you are indoors, move towar d a wind ow . I cannot lis ten to my voice messages. Y ou do not ha ve voice ma il servi ce. This is a service provider dependen t feature. Please call your w ireless service provider . The voice ma il number you have saved is incorrect. Y ou h ave forgotten your password or are entering in i ncorrectly . Y our voice m ail number is not saved in the ph one. Refer to âÂÂSave the voice mailbox numberâ on page 44. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 105 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 6 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Nokia One-Y e ar Limited W arranty Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) warrant s that this cellular ph one (âÂÂProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, acco rding to the follo wing terms and conditio ns: 1 The lim ited war ranty fo r the Pr oduct ex tends f or ONE (1 ) year begi nni ng on th e date of the purchase of th e Product. This one year period is e xtended by each whole day that th e Product is out o f your possession for repair unde r this warranty . 2 The limited warranty extends only to the original purcha ser (âÂÂConsumerâÂÂ) o f t he Product and is not assi gnable or transferable to any su bsequent purchaser/ end-us er . 3 The limited warra nty extends only to C onsumers who pu rchase the Product in the Uni ted St ates of Amer ica. 4 During the l imited warranty period, Nokia will repa ir , or replace, at Nok iaâÂÂs sole option, any defect ive parts, or any parts that will not prope rly operate for their intended use with new or refurbished replaceme nt items if s uch repair or replacement is need ed because of product malfunction or failure du ring normal usage. No c harge will be made to the Consume r for any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor cha rges incurred by No kia in repairin g or replacing the defective parts . The limited wa rranty does no t cover defect s in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-opera tive parts. Nokiaâ s limit of liability under the limi ted warranty shall be the actual cas h value of the Product at the time the Co nsumer returns the Product for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consume r for the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other l osses or d amages. These remedi es are th e Consume râÂÂs exclus ive remedies for breach of warranty . 5 Upon request from Nok ia, the Consumer must prove the date of the origin al purchase of the Product by a date d bill of sale or date d itemized rec eipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear th e cost of shipping the Product to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of shipping the Product back to the Consum er after th e completion of service u nder this limite d warrant y . 7 The Con sumer shall have n o coverage or benefits u nder this lim ited w arranty if any of the following co nditions are applic able: a) The Product has been subjec ted to abnormal use, abnormal condition s, improper storage, exposure to moistu re or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , misuse, neglect, a buse, acci dent, alterati on, improper in stallation, or oth er acts which are not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by shipping. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 106 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 107 Copyright é 2003 Nokia b) The Product h as been damage d from external c auses such as collision with an object, or from fire, floodi ng, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightn ing, earthquake or d amage from exposure to weather c onditions, an Act of God, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or i mproper use of any electrical source, damage caused by compute r or internet viruses, bugs, worms, Trojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the conn ection to other products not recomm ended for interconne ction by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in writing by the Consumer of t he alleged defect or malfunction of the Product within fourteen (14) day s after the expiration of th e applicable limited warranty perio d. d) The Product serial number plate or the accessory data code has been removed, defaced or alte red. e) The defect or damage was caused by t he defective function of the cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by t he external antenna, or viruses or other softwa re problems introduce d into the Produ ct. 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of the Product. If a problem deve lops during the lim ited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the following step- by-step procedure: a) The Consumer sh all return the Product t o the place of purc hase for repair or replacement processing. b) If â aâ is n ot convenient because of distance ( more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, th e Consumer shall ship the Product prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 We st N asa B lvd. Melbourne, FL 32901 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/ or fax number , complete description of t he problem, proof of purchase and service agreem ent (if applicable). Expenses related to removing the Product from an installation are not cove red under this limited warranty . d) The Consumer will be billed for any parts or labor charge s not cover ed by this limit ed warranty . The Consumer will be responsib le for any expenses relate d to reinstal lation of the Produc t. e) Nokia will repair th e Product und er the limite d warranty within 30 days after rec eipt of the Produc t. If Nokia ca nnot pe rform re pairs cov ered und er this limite d warranty with in 30 days, or after a re asonable number of attempts to repair the sam e defect, Nokia at its option, will provide a replacement Product or refund the purchase price of t he Product less a reasonable amount for usa ge. In some states t he Consumer may have the right to a loaner if the repair of the Product takes more than ten (1 0) days. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 107 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
10 8 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation Please contact the Customer Service Ce nter at Nokia at the telephon e number listed at the end of this warranty if you need a loaner and t he repair of the Produ ct has taken or is es timated to ta ke more th an ten (1 0) days. f) If the Product is returned du ring the limite d warranty period, but the problem with th e Product is n ot covered un der the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consum er will be notified and given an estimate of the c harges the Consumer mu st pay to have the Product repaired, with all sh ipping charges billed to the Consumer . If the estimate is refused, the Produ ct will b e returned freigh t collect. If th e Product is returned after the expiration of the limited warranty period, NokiaâÂÂs nor m al se rv ic e po li cie s sh al l a pply and t he Consumer will be responsible for all shipping charges. 9 Y ou (the Consumer) understand th at the product may cons ist o f re fu rb is he d equipment that c ontains used compon ents, some of which have been reprocessed. The used components comply w ith Product performance and reliability spe cifications. 10 ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MER CHANTABILITY , OR FITNESS F OR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR U SE, SHALL BE LIMI TED TO THE DURATION OF THE FOREGOING LIMITED WRIT TEN WARRANTY . OTHERWISE, THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY IS THE CON SUMERâÂÂS SOLE AN D EXCLUSI VE REM ED Y AND I S IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WAR RANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NOKIA SH ALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, PU NITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BU T NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF ANTICIPA TED BENEFITS OR PR OFITS, LOSS OF SA VINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DA TA, PU NITIVE DAMAGES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT , COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF ANY SU BSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES, DOWNTI ME, THE CLAIMS O F AN Y THIRD PARTIES , INCLU DING C USTOMERS, A ND INJU RY TO PROPER TY , RESU LTING FROM TH E PURCHAS E OR USE OF THE PRODUC T OR ARISING F ROM BREACH OF T HE WARRANTY , BR EACH OF CONTRA CT , NEGLIGENCE , STRICT T ORT , OR ANY O THER LEGAL OR EQUITAB LE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOKIA SHALL NOT BE L IABLE FOR DELA Y IN RENDERING SERVICE UNDER THE LIMI TED WARRANTY , OR LO SS OF USE DURI NG THE PERIOD THAT THE PROD UCT IS BEING REP AIRED. 11 Some states do n ot allow limitation of h ow long a n implied warranty lasts, so the one year warranty limit ation ma y not apply to you (the C onsumer) . Some states do not a llow the exclusion or limitation of in cidental an d consequent ial damage s, so certain of the a bove l imitation s or excl usions may not apply to y ou (the C onsu mer) . Th is lim ited warr anty g ive s the Cons umer spe cific legal right s and the Consumer may als o have ot her right s whic h vary from state to state. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 108 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 109 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 12 Nokia neither assumes no r authorizes any authorized service center or any other person or entity to assum e for it any other obligation or liability beyond that wh ich is express ly provided for in this limite d warranty in cluding the provider or seller of any extended w arranty or servic e agreement. 13 This i s the enti re warr anty bet ween t he Nokia and the Consum er , and superse des al l prior an d conte mpor aneous ag reeme nts or underst andin gs, o r a l or written, relating to t he Product, and no representation, promise or c ondition not contained herein sh all modify these terms. 14 This limited wa rranty allocates t he risk of failure of the Product between the Consumer a nd Nokia. The a llocation is re cognized by th e Consume r and is reflected in th e purchase price. 15 Any action or lawsuit for breach of warranty must be commenced within eighteen (18) mont hs following purcha se of the Prod uct. 16 Questions concern ing this limited warranty may be directed to: Nokia I nc. Attn: Custome r Service 7725 Woodland Center Blvd., Ste. 150 Tampa, FL 33 6 14 Telephone: 1-888-N OKIA-2U (1- 888-665-422 8) Facsimile: (813) 287-66 12 TTY/TDD Us ers Only: 1 -800-24 -NOKIA (1-8 00-246-6542 ) 17 The limited w arranty period for Nokia supplied attachments and accessories is specifically defined within th eir own warranty cards and packaging. Manufactured or sold unde r one or more of the following US paten ts: 5001372 537 1 48 1 5553125 5805084 589 3060 600 6 1 14 61 1 9002 6229996 5045973 5390223 5594 797 5819 165 5903839 6026 16 1 61 19003 6269331 51 01 175 5400 949 5604921 5822366 5907823 6035194 6128509 6282373 5124672 54 16435 5606 548 5835 858 5914796 6043760 6144243 6285888 5212834 5430 740 5613235 5839 1 0 1 5920826 6049796 615 1485 628 6 122 5230091 544252 1 5625 274 584214 1 5924026 6055439 615 150 7 6292668 5233634 5446364 5677 620 5844884 592 4038 6060193 6154457 630 8084 5241284 547 1 655 5692032 5845 2 19 5953665 608 4962 6 163609 631 0609 5241583 5479476 56970 7 4 5857 15 1 5956625 6094587 6164547 631 1054 5266782 5487084 5734 683 5870683 598 7406 6097961 6185295 6314166 5317283 5493255 5760 568 5887262 598 7639 6097964 6188909 632 44 12 5335362 5551 067 5794142 5892475 599 9523 61 15 6 17 6219560 Pen d i n g: 29158527 29158526 29158528 29158485 29158529 29158524 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 109 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
1 10 C opyright é 2003 Nokia Refe renc e in form ation NOTES 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 110 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 1 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association) to all users of mobile phones. é 2001 Ce llular T elecom munica tions & Int ernet Association . All Rights R eserved. 1250 Connecticut A v enue, NW Suit e 800, W ashington, DC 2003 6. Phone: (202) 785-0081 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 111 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
1 12 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Safety is the m ost impo rtant call you will ever make. A Gu ide to S afe and Re spon sibl e Wir ele ss P hon e Use T ens of millio ns of people i n the U .S. toda y tak e ad vanta g e of the uniqu e combina tion of conv enienc e, safety a nd v alue deliver e d by the wireless telep hone. Quite simply , the wir eless phone gi v es peo ple the po w erful abil ity to c ommunica te b y v oice-- almost anyw h ere, anytime--with the bo ss, with a client, with the kids, with em ergency personne l or even with the poli ce. Each year , Americans ma k e billions of calls from the ir wireless phones, and the numbers are rapidly gro wing. But an impor tant responsibility accompan ies those benefits, one that ev er y wireless phone use r must uphold. When driving a car , driving is y o ur first responsibility . A wireless phone c an be an inv a luable tool, but good judgm ent must be exercised at all times w hile d riving a motor vehicle--w heth er on th e phone or n ot. The basic lessons ar e ones w e all learned as teenagers. Dri vin g r equires alertness, caution a nd cour tesy . It requires a hea vy dose of basic common se nse---keep y our head up, k e ep y our ey es on th e road, check y our m irrors frequently and w atch out f or other driv ers. It re quires obeying all traffic signs and signals and sta ying within the speed limit. It mean s using seatbelts and requiring other pa ssengers to do the same. But with wireless phone use , driving safely means a little more. This br ochur e is a call t o wire less pho ne users e v eryw here to ma k e safet y their fi rst pri ority w hen behind the w heel of a car . W ir eless tel ecommuni cations is k eeping us in touc h, simplifying our li ve s, pr otecti ng us in emer gencies and pro viding opportunities to help others in need. When it come s to the use of wireless phones, saf ety is your most impo rtant call . Wireless Phone "Safety Tips" Belo w are saf ety tips to follo w while dri v ing and using a wireless pho ne w hich shou ld be easy to reme mbe r . 1 Get to know y our wireless phon e and its features such as speed dial a nd redial. Carefully r ead y our instruction manual and learn to take ad vantage of v aluable features most phone s offer , including au tomatic redial an d memo ry . Also, w ork to memoriz e the pho ne keypad so y ou can use the speed dial func tion wit hout taking y o ur attentio n off the road. 2 When a v ailab le, use a ha nds free device. A number of hands free wireless phon e access ories a re r eadil y a va ila bl e toda y . Wh ether y ou cho ose an inst alled mo unted device for y our wireless pho ne or a speaker phone ac cessor y , take ad vantage of these devices if av ailable to y ou. 3 Position y ou r wireless phone w ithin easy reach. Make sur e y ou place y our wireless phone wi thin easy reach and w here y ou can grab it witho ut remo v ing y ou r ey es from the road. If y ou g et an incom ing call at an inconv enient time, if possible, let y o ur v o ice mail answ er it for y ou . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 112 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 3 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 4 Suspe nd conv ersations during hazardous driving condit ions or situatio ns. Let the person y ou are speaking w ith kn o w y ou are driving; if ne cessar y , suspend the call in hea vy traffic or haza rdous w eather co ndition s. R ain, sleet , sno w and ice can be hazardous, b ut so is hea vy traffic. As a driv er , y our first responsibility is to pa y attention to the road . 5 D o not take notes or look up pho ne numbers w hile driving. If you ar e reading an address book or business card, or writing a "to do" list while driving a car , y ou ar e not w atching w her e y ou ar e goi ng. It â s common sense. Don âÂÂt ge t caugh t in a dange rous situation bec ause y ou are reading or writing a nd not paying attentio n to th e road or nearby vehicles . 6 Dial sensibly and asse ss the traffic; if possible, place calls w hen y ou are not mo vin g or befor e pulling into t raf fic. T ry to plan y our calls before y o u begin y our trip or attempt to coinc ide y our calls with times y ou m a y b e stopped at a stop sign , red light or o therwise stationar y . But if y ou n eed to dial while dri ving, follo w this simple tip- -dial only a few numbers, ch eck the road an d y our mirrors, then continue. 7 D o not eng age in st ressful or emotion al conv ersatio ns that may be distracting. Stre ssful or emotio nal con v ersatio ns and dri ving do not mi x--they ar e distra cting and ev en dan gerous w hen you ar e behin d the w heel of a car . Make people you are t alking with a war e y ou are driving an d if necessary , susp end con v ersations w hich hav e th e pote ntial to div er t y our atten tion from th e road. 8 Use y our wir eless phone to c all f or help . Y our wi rel ess phone is one of the gr eatest tools y ou can o wn to protect y ourself and y our f amily in da ngerous situa tions- -with y our phon e at y our side, help is only three numbers a wa y . Dial 9-1-1 or other local emer gency n umber in the cas e of fire , traf fic acci dent, r oad hazar d or medi cal emerge ncy . R eme mber , it is a f ree call on y our wireless phone ! 9 Use y our wireless phone to help others in emer gencies. Y our wir eless phone pr o vides y ou a perfect o ppor tunity to be a "G ood Samar itan" in your community . If y ou see an au to acc ident, crime in progress or other serious emergenc y w here liv es a re in danger , call 9-1-1 o r other lo cal eme rgency number , as y ou would w a nt others to do for y ou. 10 Call r o adside assistance or a special wireless non-emergency assistance number w he n necessar y . Cer tain situ ations y o u enco unter while dri v ing may r equire attention, but are not ur gent en ough to merit a call for emergency services. But y ou still can use y our wireless phon e to lend a ha nd. If y ou see a broken-do wn v ehicle posing no serious h azard, a brok en traffic signa l, a minor traffic accid ent w he re no one appears injured or a vehicle y ou know to be stolen , call roadside assistance or other special no n-emergency wireless number . Careless, distracted individuals and pe ople driving irresponsibly r epresent a hazard to ev er y one on the r oad. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecommunications Industry Associ ation and the wi rel ess industry ha v e conduct ed education al outr eac h to inf orm wir eless phone user s of their r espon sibil ities as sa fe dri vers and good ci tizens . As we approach a ne w centur y , more and more of us will ta k e ad v a ntage of the benefits of wireless telephones. And, as w e take to the ro ads, w e all ha ve a r esponsibility to driv e safely . 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 113 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
1 14 Copyright é 2003 Nokia T he wireless industry reminds you to use your phon e saf ely when driving . F or more inf o rmation, please call 1-888-901-SAFE. F or updat es: http://www .wo w-com.c om/consume r/issues/driving/ article s.c fm?ID=85 é 2001 Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Association. All Rights R eserv ed. 1250 Connecticut A ven ue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-0081 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 114 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 5 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Appendix B Message from the FDA (U.S. Food a nd Drug Administration) to all users of mobile phones. J uly 18, 2001 ........ . F or updates: http://w ww .fda.go v/cdrh/phones 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 115 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
1 16 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Consumer Update on Wirel ess Phones U.S. Foo d and Dru g Administr ation 1. Do wir eless phones pose a health h azard? The a vaila ble scienti fic evidence does not sho w that any health problems are associated with usin g wireless phones. There is no proof , ho w ev er , that wireless phones are absolutely safe. W ireless phones e mit lo w levels of radiofrequency energ y (RF) in the m icro wa ve range while being used. They also emit very lo w lev e ls of RF w hen in the stand- b y mod e. Whereas high lev els of RF can produce health eff ects (by heating tissue), e xposure to lo w lev el RF that does not produce heating effects cau ses no kn o wn ad v erse health effects. Many stud ies of lo w lev e l RF exposures ha v e not found any biolog ical effects. Some stud ies ha v e sugg ested that som e biological e ffects ma y occur , but su ch findings ha v e not be en confir med by additional r esearch. I n some c ases, other r esearche rs ha v e had difficulty in reproducing those st udies, or in de termin ing the reason s f or inconsist ent results. 2. What is FDA's role concerning the safety of wireless phones? Under the la w , FD A does not revie w the safet y of radiation -emitting c onsumer products such as wireless p hones before they can be sold, as i t does w ith new drug s or medical dev ices. Ho wev er , t he agency has auth ority to ta k e action if wireless phones a r e shown to emit radiofrequenc y ene rgy (RF ) at a lev el that is ha zardous to the user . In such a case, FD A co uld require the manufacturers of wireless phones to no tify use rs of th e he alth ha zard an d to r epair , re plac e or r ecall th e phon es so that the h azard no lon ger exists. Although the e x isting scientif ic data do not justify FD A regulatory actions, FD A has ur ged the wir eless pho ne indus try to take a number of steps , incl uding the f ollo wing: ⢠Suppor t n eeded research into possible biologica l effects of RF o f the typ e emitted b y wireless phone s; ⢠Design wir eless phones in a w ay that minimizes any R F exposur e to the user that is not n ecess ar y for device fu nctio n; an d ⢠Cooperate in pro vidin g users of wireless phones with the be st possible inf or mation o n possible effects of wi re less ph one use on human he alth. FD A belon gs to an interage ncy wor king grou p of the fed eral agencies t hat ha v e responsibility f or different aspects of RF safety to ensure coordinated efforts at the federal lev el. The follo win g agencies b elong to this working group: ⢠National Instit ute fo r Occupational Safety and Health ⢠Envir onment al Protection Ag enc y ⢠F ederal C ommu nic ation s Comm iss ion ⢠Occupational Safety and Health Administra tion ⢠National T e lecommunications and Information Administration The National Institutes of Health p articipates in so me interagenc y w o r king group acti vities, as w ell. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 116 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 7 Copyright é 2003 Nokia FD A shares regulatory responsibilities for wireless phones with the Federal Communi cations Commi ssion (FCC ). All phone s that are sold in the United State s must comp ly with FCC safe ty guidelines t hat limit RF exposure. FCC relies on FD A and other h ealth agen cies for safety questio ns about wireless phone s. FCC also regulates the base stations that the wireless phone ne tw orks rely upon. While these base stations o perate at higher p o wer than do the wireless phones the mselv es, the RF exposures that people get from these base stations are typically thousands of times lo w er t han those they can g et from wireless phones. Base stations are thus not the subject of the safety questions discussed in this docume nt. 3. What kinds of phones are the subject of this update? The term wireless phone refe rs here to hand-held wireless phones with built-in antenna s, often called cell mob ile or PCS phones. These types of wireless phones can expose t he user to m easurable radiofrequency energ y (RF) because of the sho rt dis tanc e betw een t he phon e and the us erâ s hea d. T hes e RF e xpos ur es ar e limite d b y F ede ral Communications C ommission safety guide lines that wer e dev e loped with the ad vice of FD A and o ther fe der al he alth and sa fet y agenci es . Wh en t he pho ne is loca ted at g reater di stance s from th e use r , the exp osure to R F is d rastica lly lo w er because a pe rson's RF exposure decreases rapidly with increasing distance from the source. The so-called co rdless phones; w hich ha v e a base un it connec ted to the telephone w iring in a house , typically operate at far lo wer po wer le v els, and thus produce RF exposures far below the FCC sa fety limits. 4. What are the results of the research done already? Th e re sear ch done thus far has pr oduce d conf li cting re sult s, an d many st udie s ha v e suffer ed from f la w s in their resear ch methods. Animal e xperiments inv e stigating the effects of ra diofrequenc y energy ( RF) exposures characteristic of wireless phones hav e yi elded con f licti ng results that ofte n canno t be repeated in other laboratories . A fe w animal st udies, ho wev er , hav e sugg ested that low lev e ls of RF could ac celerate the dev elopment of cancer in laboratory an imals. Ho w ev er , many of the st udies tha t sho wed increased tumor d ev e lopmen t used an imals that ha d been g enetica lly engin eered or treated w ith canc er-causing chemicals so as to be pre-disposed to d ev e lop canc er in the absen ce of RF exposure. Othe r studies exposed the animals to RF for up to 22 hours per day . These conditions are not similar to the condition s under w hich people use wireless phones, so w e donâÂÂt kno w with cert ainty w hat the results of such studies mean f or human healt h. Thre e large epidemio log y studies hav e been published since De cember 2000. Between them , the studie s inv est igat ed any possible assoc iation be tween the use of wireless phones and primar y brain cancer , g lioma, me ningioma, or acou stic neuroma, tum ors of the b rain or saliv a ry g land, leu kemia, or other canc ers. None of the st udie s demon str ated th e ex istenc e of any h armful health e ff ects from wireless phone R F exposures. Ho w ev er , none o f the studies c an answ e r questi ons about long- term exposures, since the a v erage period of phone use in these stud ies w as around t hree y e ars. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 117 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
1 18 Copyright é 2003 Nokia 5. What research is needed to decide whether RF exposure from wireless phones poses a health risk? A combinatio n of laboratory studies and epidemiological studies of peo ple actually using wireless phone s w ould pro vide some of the data that are needed. L ifetime animal exposure studies could b e completed in a few ye ars. Ho we v er , v ery large numb ers of a nimals w ould be ne eded to p ro vide r eliab le pr oof of a cancer prom oting eff ect if one exist s. Ep idemi ologi cal stud ies can pro vid e data tha t is dir ectly appl ica b le to huma n popula tions, but 10 or more ye ars follo w-up ma y be need ed to p r o vide answ ers about so me health e ffects, such as cancer . This is bec ause th e interv al betw een th e ti me of e xposur e to a canc er -cau sing agent and th e tim e tumors dev elop - if they do - ma y be many , many y ears. The interpr etation of epidemiolo gical stud ies i s ha mper ed b y dif ficult ies i n mea surin g ac tual RF e xpo sur e du ring da y-to- da y use of wireless phones. Many factors af fect this measur ement, such as the angle at w h ich the phone is held , or w hich model of phone is used. 6. What is FDA d oing to find o ut more about the p ossible health effects of wireless phone RF? FD A is w orking with the U .S . Nation al T o xicolog y Program and wi th groups of in v estigators around the w orld to ensur e that high priority animal studies are conduct ed to address impo rtan t que stions about th e effects of exposure to radiofrequenc y energ y (R F). FD A has been a leadi ng particip ant in the W or ld Health Or ganization Int ernationa l Electromagnetic Fields (EMF) P roject since its inceptio n in 1 996. An in f lue ntial result of this w ork has been th e dev elopment of a de tailed a genda of r esearc h needs th at has dri v en the esta bl ishment o f ne w r esear ch pr ogra ms ar ound t he w orld. The Proj ect has also helped de v elop a series of pub lic inf ormation do cuments on EMF issues . FD A and the Cellular T elecom munications & In ternet Asso ciat ion (C TIA) ha v e a f ormal Cooperati v e R esear ch and Dev elopment Agreemen t (CRAD A) to do resear ch on wireless phone safety . FD A pro vides the scientific ov ersight, o btaining i nput from experts in g o v er nmen t, industr y , and academic organizatio ns. CTIA-f unded resear ch is conducted through contracts to independ ent inv estig ators. The initial resear ch will include both laboratory stu dies and studies o f wireless phone users. The CRAD A will also include a broad assessment of additional researc h needs in the cont ext of the late st research dev elop ments around the wor ld. 7. How can I find out how much radi ofrequency e nergy exposu re I can get by using my wirel ess pho ne? All phones so ld in the United St ates must comply with F ederal Commun ications Commission ( FCC) guidelin es that limit radiofrequenc y energy ( RF) exposures . FCC established th ese guide lines in consu ltation with FD A and t he other fe deral health and safety ag encie s . The FCC limit for RF exposure from wireless teleph ones is set at a Specific Absorption R ate (SAR) of 1.6 w atts per kilogr am (1.6 W/kg). T he FCC limit is c onsiste nt with the safety standards dev eloped by the I nstitute of Electri cal and El ectro nic Engi neering (IE EE) and th e Nation al Counc il on R adiation Protection and M easurement . The exposure limit takes into conside ration the bodyâ s ability to remo ve heat fr om the tissues that absorb energ y from the wireless phone a nd is set well belo w levels kno wn t o ha v e effects. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 118 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 11 9 Copyright é 2003 Nokia Manufacturers of wireless phone s must r epor t the RF e xposu r e lev el f or each model of phone to the FC C. The FC C w ebsite (http ://www .fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety ) giv es directions for locating the FCC identific ation numbe r on y our phone so y ou can find y our phon eâ s R F exposure lev el in the online listing. 8. What has FDA done to measure the radiofrequency energy coming from wi reless phones? The Institut e of El ectrical a nd Electronic Enginee rs (IEEE) is dev eloping a technical standard for measuring the rad iofrequency e nergy ( RF) exposure from wireless phones and o ther wireless hand sets with the par ticipation a nd leadersh ip of FD A scientis ts and eng ineers. The stan dard, R eco mmen ded Practic e for Determ ining th e Spatial-Peak Specific Absorp tion Rate (SAR) in the Hum an Body Due to W ir eless Communica tions Devices: E xperiment al T echniques, set s fo r th the first co nsistent test met hodolog y for measuring t he rate at w hich RF is deposi ted in the hea ds of wireless phone use rs. T he test m ethod use s a tissue-simulating model of the human head. Standar dized SAR test methodology is expected to gr eatly impro v e the consistenc y of mea surements m ade at different laboratories on th e same ph one. SAR is th e meas urement of th e am ount of e nergy absorbed in tissue, e ither by th e w ho le body or a small part of the body . It is measured in w atts/kg (or milliw at ts/g) of ma tter . This measu r ement i s used to det ermin e w hether a wir eless phon e complies w ith safety guidelines. 9. What ste ps can I take to reduce my exp osure to radi ofrequency energy from my wireless phone? If t here is a ris k fr om thes e pr oduct s--and at this point w e do n ot kno w that th er e is--it is pr obably v er y small. But if y ou are concerned a bout a v oiding ev en poten tial risks, y ou can take a few simple steps to minim ize y o ur exposure to radiofrequency energ y (RF) . Since tim e is a key factor in how muc h exposure a person receives , reducing the amoun t of time spent using a wireless phone w ill reduce RF exposure. If y ou must co nduct exte nded conv e rsations by wireless pho ne ev er y day , y ou co uld place mo re distance between y o ur body and the sou rce of the RF , since the exposure lev el drop s off dramatically w ith distance. F or example, y ou could use a head set and carr y the wi r eless phone a wa y from y our body or u se a wireless phone connect ed to a remote anten na. Ag ain, the scientific d ata do no t demonstrate that wireless phones are harm ful. But if y ou are conc erne d about the RF exposu re from these produc ts, y ou can use measu r es li k e th ose de scr ibed a bo v e to r educe y our RF e xpos ur e fr om wir eles s phone use . 10. What about children using wir eless phones? The s cientif ic ev idence does not s ho w a danger to users of wir eless phon es, in cl uding chi ldr en and tee nagers . If y ou w ant to tak e steps to lo w er e xposur e to radiofr equency energ y (RF) , the measures de scribed abo ve w o uld apply t o children and teenagers using wireless phone s. R educing the tim e of wireless phone u se and inc reasing the distance bet w een the user and the RF source will reduce RF exposure.Some g roups sponso re d by other natio nal go v ernments ha v e ad vised that c hildr en be discour aged 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 119 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
120 Copyright é 2003 Nokia from using wireless phones at all. F or example, the go v ernmen t in the United Kingdo m distributed leaf lets containi ng such a r ecomme ndation in Dece mber 2000. They note d that no evidence exists that using a wir eless phone causes brain tumors or other ill effects. T heir recommendation to limit wireless phon e use by children w as strictly precautionar y; it was not based on scientific evidenc e that any h ealth hazard exists. 1 1. W hat about wireless phone interference w ith medical equip ment? Ra diofr equency ener gy (RF) from wir eless phones can intera ct with some elect roni c dev ices . F or th is r eason, FD A help ed de v elop a detail ed t est me thod to me asur e electromagnetic interf erence (EMI) of implanted cardiac pacemak ers and defibrillators fr om wi r ele ss tel epho nes . T his test method is no w part of a stan dar d sponso re d b y the Association f or the Adv an cement of Me dical instrume ntation (AAMI ). The final draft, a jo int effort by FD A, medical dev ice manufac turers, and many othe r groups, w as c ompleted in late 2000. This standard will allo w manufacturers to ensur e that card iac pace mak ers and def ibrill ators ar e safe fr om wir eles s phone EMI. FD A has tested hea ring aids f or interf eren ce from ha ndheld wir eless phones a nd helped de vel op a v oluntary standar d sponsor ed by the Institu te of Electri cal and Electr onic En gineers (IEE E). Th is stan dard sp ecifies tes t methods and perf ormance requirements f or hearing aids and wireless phon es so th at no interference occ urs w hen a person uses a compatible phone and a accompanied hearing aid at the same time. T his standar d was a ppr o v ed by the IEEE in 2000. FD A conti n ues to mo nitor the use of wireless phones for possible interactions with other med ical devices. Should harm ful interference be found to oc cur , FD A will condu ct tes ting to a ssess the in terference a nd wor k to resolve the problem. 12. Where can I find additio nal information? F or additiona l information, plea se refer to the f ollo wing resources: ⢠FD A w eb page on wireless ph ones http://w ww .f da.go v/cdrh/p hones/ind ex.html ⢠F ederal Communications Commission (FCC) RF Safety Pro gram http://www .fcc.go v/oet/rfsafety ⢠Intern ational Co mmission on Non-Ioniz ing Radiation Protection http://www .icnir p .de ⢠W orld Health Organ izati on (WHO ) Inter nati onal EMF P roject http://www .who .in t/emf ⢠National Radiolog ical Protection Bo ard (UK) http://ww w .n rpb .org.uk/ J uly 18, 2001 F or updates: http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/phone s 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 120 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 12 1 C opyright é Nokia 2003 Index A access ibility loopset 21 web site 21 accessor ies boom headset (HDB-5) 99 car kit (PPH-1) 101 carry case (CSM -6) 102 charger (AC P-12) 97 charger (A CP-7) 97 charger (A CP-8) 97 charger (LC H-9) 98 headset ( HDC-5) 98 headset ( HDE-2) 99 mobile holder (MBC-6) 100 reference information 96 safety information 94 settings 56 spare battery charger (DDC-1) 98 accessor y TTY adapter 100 acti ve call opti ons 60 alarm clock 75 phone off 75 set 75 snooze 75 turn off 75 analog selection 71 antenna conta ct 16 location 16 performance 16 proper position 16 automatic redial 66 B back c over attaching 17 removing 17 battery chargin g 18 chargin g time 95 important information 18 initial charging 18 install 16 prolong life 19 reference info rmation 94 remove 17 standby time 95 talk time 95 busine ss cards 77 delete 78 receive 77 sav e 77 send 77 C calcu lator 76 call durat ion viewing 43 call fo rwa rding 63 activate 64 feature codes 63 call log about 41 clear lists 42 dialed calls 42 missed calls 42 options 41 received calls 42 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 121 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
122 Copyright é Nokia 2003 call ti mers 43 clear timers 43 current call t imer 43 call wait ing 64 activate 64 answer 65 feature code 64 manage calls 65 storing the feature code 64 calls answer 24 automatic redial 66 confere nce 61 duration of 43 end 24 forward 63 make 23 redial last 24 silence 24 speed d ialing 67 touch to nes 67 car ch arg er 98 car k it 101 automatic answer 57 default profile 57 set the lights 57 carry case 102 chan ge 1-touch dialing numbers 67 contact li st vie w 40 earpiece v olume 24 letter case 33 message ale rt tone 55 profile name 56 ringing tone 54 ringing volume 55 security co de 73 time format 58 char ge t he ba ttery 18 charg er ACP-12 97 ACP-7U 97 ACP-8U 97 connec ting 18 information 94 clea r call lis ts 42 clock 58 alarm 75 automatic u pdate 58 set the time 58 sho w/h ide 59 time format 58 colo r covers 103 conf eren ce cal ls 61 cont act list delete entrie s 39 enter e- mail address es 38 memory sta tus 40 menu 31 menu options 31 new entry 38 quick ac cess 24 scrolling view 40 cont act No kia 20 cover attaching 17 removing 17 curren cy conv ersion 76 custo mer c are 20 D delete call lists 42 contact li st entries 39 messages from folde rs 47 text me ssages 49 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 122 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 123 C opyright é Nokia 2003 dialed call s deleting 42 viewing 42 digita l selecti on 71 disp lay l anguag e 58 download ringing tones 78 E e-ma il mes sag es 51 emergency cal ls making 91 things to remember 91 with keyp ad lo cke d 72 enteri ng e-mail addresses 38 names and n umbers 37 text 32 F folde rs about 47 archive 47 delete message s from 47 inbox 47 outbox 47 four -way sc rollin g 34 G games 82 Pairs II 83 Snake II 83 Space Impact 83 H head set connec t 19 HDB -5 99 HDC -5 98 HDE-2 99 make and answer calls 19 hearin g impair ed solution s 21 help text 26 I icons 26 illustr ated view antenna 16 battery inst all 16 battery remova l 17 connect th e cha rger 18 headset c onnection 19 phone 16 power key 23 in-call o ptions 60 in-pho ne hel p 26 K Keyguard 72 keypad illustrated vi ew 16 L label 20 langua ge se tting 58 letter s uppercase and lowercase 33 lithium ion batte ry 96 lock/unlock the key pad 72 loopse t 21 how it work s 21 set for use 57 M memor y conta ct list 40 text messag e 49 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 123 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
124 Copyright é Nokia 2003 menu sh ortcuts about 27 list of 28 menu tips 27 menus 27 messa ges alert tone 55 check vo ice mail 44 e-ma il 51 picture 50 read 48 text 48 text entr y 32 write a nd sen d 48 Minute Manage r 84 misse d cal ls deleting 42 viewing 42 mobile h older 100 N network sear ch 70 network ser vices 15 Nokia accessorie s 96 custom er care center 20 warranty 106 O one-tou ch dialing 67 P personali zation 53 phone illustrated 10 menus 27 register 15 swit ch on /of f 23 warranty 106 picture messages 50 power 23 pred icti ve tex t 35 turn off 35 turn on 35 prepaid 79 add money to account 80 check ba lance 79 saving ac cess numbe rs 80 profiles accessor y settings 56 custom ize 54 selecting 53 punctuat ion 34 R receive d c alls deleting 42 viewing 42 refere nce in forma tion 87 ringi ng options 54 tone 54 volume 55 ringi ng ton es chang e 54 download 78 receiving 78 sav e 78 S save e-mail addresse s 38 names and n umbers 37 ringing tones 78 text me ssages 47 voice mailbox number 44 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 124 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 125 C opyright é Nokia 2003 sear ch fo r netw ork 70 secu rity cod e 73 serv ice p rov ider sig ning u p 15 special characters available 34 four-way scrolling 34 stan dby ti me 95 star t scr een 25 stri ngs, t ouch tone 69 symbols 34 T talk time 95 text clues 12 text mess ages 48 length 45 recipients 45 time 58 automatic u pdate 58 select the format 58 set t he clo ck 58 timer s check 43 clear 43 current call 43 touc h ton es length 68 manual 68 sending 69 setting 67 sto ring 69 storing with num bers 69 troubles hootin g 105 TTY 21 TTY adapter 100 TTY comm unicat ion 100 turn the ph one on/off 23 U unlo ck the k eypa d 72 user guid e updates 12 user guid e conve ntions 12 V vibratin g alert 55 view call duration 43 clock on start s creen 59 dialed calls 42 missed calls 42 pictur e mess ages 51 received calls 42 received messages 48 special charac ters 34 voice m ail 44 listen to m essages 45 messages 44 save number 44 volume earpie ce 24 keypad t ones 56 ringing 55 W warn ing to nes 56 warran ty 106 web sites accessibility i nformation 21 register your phone 15 write and send a me ssage 48 X Xpres s-on color covers 103 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 125 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
126 Copyright é Nokia 2003 NOTES 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 126 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
Nokia 2260 User Guide 127 C opyright é Nokia 2003 NOTES 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 127 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM
128 Copyright é Nokia 2003 NOTES P ara obtener un manual del u suario en español favor de llama r o enviar un fax al telé fono 1- 888- NOKIA- 2U, fax 813-249- 96 1 9. 2260.ENv1_9355957_.bo ok Page 128 Wednesday, February 26, 2003 11:27 AM